mirror of https://github.com/openssl/openssl.git
				
				
				
			
		
			
				
	
	
		
			7841 lines
		
	
	
		
			209 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			7841 lines
		
	
	
		
			209 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
/*
 | 
						|
 * Copyright 1995-2024 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved.
 | 
						|
 * Copyright (c) 2002, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved
 | 
						|
 * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License").  You may not use
 | 
						|
 * this file except in compliance with the License.  You can obtain a copy
 | 
						|
 * in the file LICENSE in the source distribution or at
 | 
						|
 * https://www.openssl.org/source/license.html
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include <stdio.h>
 | 
						|
#include "ssl_local.h"
 | 
						|
#include "internal/e_os.h"
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/objects.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/x509v3.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/rand.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/ocsp.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/dh.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/engine.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/async.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/ct.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/trace.h>
 | 
						|
#include <openssl/core_names.h>
 | 
						|
#include "internal/cryptlib.h"
 | 
						|
#include "internal/nelem.h"
 | 
						|
#include "internal/refcount.h"
 | 
						|
#include "internal/ktls.h"
 | 
						|
#include "quic/quic_local.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_undefined_function_3(SSL_CONNECTION *sc, unsigned char *r,
 | 
						|
                                    unsigned char *s, size_t t, size_t *u)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ssl_undefined_function(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(sc));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_undefined_function_4(SSL_CONNECTION *sc, int r)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ssl_undefined_function(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(sc));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static size_t ssl_undefined_function_5(SSL_CONNECTION *sc, const char *r,
 | 
						|
                                       size_t s, unsigned char *t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ssl_undefined_function(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(sc));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_undefined_function_6(int r)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ssl_undefined_function(NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_undefined_function_7(SSL_CONNECTION *sc, unsigned char *r,
 | 
						|
                                    size_t s, const char *t, size_t u,
 | 
						|
                                    const unsigned char *v, size_t w, int x)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ssl_undefined_function(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(sc));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_undefined_function_8(SSL_CONNECTION *sc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ssl_undefined_function(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(sc));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SSL3_ENC_METHOD ssl3_undef_enc_method = {
 | 
						|
    ssl_undefined_function_8,
 | 
						|
    ssl_undefined_function_3,
 | 
						|
    ssl_undefined_function_4,
 | 
						|
    ssl_undefined_function_5,
 | 
						|
    NULL,                       /* client_finished_label */
 | 
						|
    0,                          /* client_finished_label_len */
 | 
						|
    NULL,                       /* server_finished_label */
 | 
						|
    0,                          /* server_finished_label_len */
 | 
						|
    ssl_undefined_function_6,
 | 
						|
    ssl_undefined_function_7,
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct ssl_async_args {
 | 
						|
    SSL *s;
 | 
						|
    void *buf;
 | 
						|
    size_t num;
 | 
						|
    enum { READFUNC, WRITEFUNC, OTHERFUNC } type;
 | 
						|
    union {
 | 
						|
        int (*func_read) (SSL *, void *, size_t, size_t *);
 | 
						|
        int (*func_write) (SSL *, const void *, size_t, size_t *);
 | 
						|
        int (*func_other) (SSL *);
 | 
						|
    } f;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const struct {
 | 
						|
    uint8_t mtype;
 | 
						|
    uint8_t ord;
 | 
						|
    int nid;
 | 
						|
} dane_mds[] = {
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        DANETLS_MATCHING_FULL, 0, NID_undef
 | 
						|
    },
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        DANETLS_MATCHING_2256, 1, NID_sha256
 | 
						|
    },
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        DANETLS_MATCHING_2512, 2, NID_sha512
 | 
						|
    },
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int dane_ctx_enable(struct dane_ctx_st *dctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const EVP_MD **mdevp;
 | 
						|
    uint8_t *mdord;
 | 
						|
    uint8_t mdmax = DANETLS_MATCHING_LAST;
 | 
						|
    int n = ((int)mdmax) + 1;   /* int to handle PrivMatch(255) */
 | 
						|
    size_t i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (dctx->mdevp != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    mdevp = OPENSSL_zalloc(n * sizeof(*mdevp));
 | 
						|
    mdord = OPENSSL_zalloc(n * sizeof(*mdord));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mdord == NULL || mdevp == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(mdord);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(mdevp);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Install default entries */
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < OSSL_NELEM(dane_mds); ++i) {
 | 
						|
        const EVP_MD *md;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (dane_mds[i].nid == NID_undef ||
 | 
						|
            (md = EVP_get_digestbynid(dane_mds[i].nid)) == NULL)
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
        mdevp[dane_mds[i].mtype] = md;
 | 
						|
        mdord[dane_mds[i].mtype] = dane_mds[i].ord;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dctx->mdevp = mdevp;
 | 
						|
    dctx->mdord = mdord;
 | 
						|
    dctx->mdmax = mdmax;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void dane_ctx_final(struct dane_ctx_st *dctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(dctx->mdevp);
 | 
						|
    dctx->mdevp = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(dctx->mdord);
 | 
						|
    dctx->mdord = NULL;
 | 
						|
    dctx->mdmax = 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void tlsa_free(danetls_record *t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (t == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(t->data);
 | 
						|
    EVP_PKEY_free(t->spki);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(t);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void dane_final(SSL_DANE *dane)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    sk_danetls_record_pop_free(dane->trecs, tlsa_free);
 | 
						|
    dane->trecs = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OSSL_STACK_OF_X509_free(dane->certs);
 | 
						|
    dane->certs = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_free(dane->mcert);
 | 
						|
    dane->mcert = NULL;
 | 
						|
    dane->mtlsa = NULL;
 | 
						|
    dane->mdpth = -1;
 | 
						|
    dane->pdpth = -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * dane_copy - Copy dane configuration, sans verification state.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int ssl_dane_dup(SSL_CONNECTION *to, SSL_CONNECTION *from)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int num;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!DANETLS_ENABLED(&from->dane))
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    num = sk_danetls_record_num(from->dane.trecs);
 | 
						|
    dane_final(&to->dane);
 | 
						|
    to->dane.flags = from->dane.flags;
 | 
						|
    to->dane.dctx = &SSL_CONNECTION_GET_CTX(to)->dane;
 | 
						|
    to->dane.trecs = sk_danetls_record_new_reserve(NULL, num);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (to->dane.trecs == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < num; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        danetls_record *t = sk_danetls_record_value(from->dane.trecs, i);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (SSL_dane_tlsa_add(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(to), t->usage,
 | 
						|
                              t->selector, t->mtype, t->data, t->dlen) <= 0)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int dane_mtype_set(struct dane_ctx_st *dctx,
 | 
						|
                          const EVP_MD *md, uint8_t mtype, uint8_t ord)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mtype == DANETLS_MATCHING_FULL && md != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_CANNOT_OVERRIDE_MTYPE_FULL);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mtype > dctx->mdmax) {
 | 
						|
        const EVP_MD **mdevp;
 | 
						|
        uint8_t *mdord;
 | 
						|
        int n = ((int)mtype) + 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        mdevp = OPENSSL_realloc(dctx->mdevp, n * sizeof(*mdevp));
 | 
						|
        if (mdevp == NULL)
 | 
						|
            return -1;
 | 
						|
        dctx->mdevp = mdevp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        mdord = OPENSSL_realloc(dctx->mdord, n * sizeof(*mdord));
 | 
						|
        if (mdord == NULL)
 | 
						|
            return -1;
 | 
						|
        dctx->mdord = mdord;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Zero-fill any gaps */
 | 
						|
        for (i = dctx->mdmax + 1; i < mtype; ++i) {
 | 
						|
            mdevp[i] = NULL;
 | 
						|
            mdord[i] = 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        dctx->mdmax = mtype;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dctx->mdevp[mtype] = md;
 | 
						|
    /* Coerce ordinal of disabled matching types to 0 */
 | 
						|
    dctx->mdord[mtype] = (md == NULL) ? 0 : ord;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const EVP_MD *tlsa_md_get(SSL_DANE *dane, uint8_t mtype)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (mtype > dane->dctx->mdmax)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    return dane->dctx->mdevp[mtype];
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int dane_tlsa_add(SSL_DANE *dane,
 | 
						|
                         uint8_t usage,
 | 
						|
                         uint8_t selector,
 | 
						|
                         uint8_t mtype, const unsigned char *data, size_t dlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    danetls_record *t;
 | 
						|
    const EVP_MD *md = NULL;
 | 
						|
    int ilen = (int)dlen;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    int num;
 | 
						|
    int mdsize;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (dane->trecs == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_NOT_ENABLED);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ilen < 0 || dlen != (size_t)ilen) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_DATA_LENGTH);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (usage > DANETLS_USAGE_LAST) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_CERTIFICATE_USAGE);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (selector > DANETLS_SELECTOR_LAST) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_SELECTOR);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mtype != DANETLS_MATCHING_FULL) {
 | 
						|
        md = tlsa_md_get(dane, mtype);
 | 
						|
        if (md == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_MATCHING_TYPE);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (md != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        mdsize = EVP_MD_get_size(md);
 | 
						|
        if (mdsize <= 0 || dlen != (size_t)mdsize) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!data) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_NULL_DATA);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((t = OPENSSL_zalloc(sizeof(*t))) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    t->usage = usage;
 | 
						|
    t->selector = selector;
 | 
						|
    t->mtype = mtype;
 | 
						|
    t->data = OPENSSL_malloc(dlen);
 | 
						|
    if (t->data == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        tlsa_free(t);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    memcpy(t->data, data, dlen);
 | 
						|
    t->dlen = dlen;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Validate and cache full certificate or public key */
 | 
						|
    if (mtype == DANETLS_MATCHING_FULL) {
 | 
						|
        const unsigned char *p = data;
 | 
						|
        X509 *cert = NULL;
 | 
						|
        EVP_PKEY *pkey = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        switch (selector) {
 | 
						|
        case DANETLS_SELECTOR_CERT:
 | 
						|
            if (!d2i_X509(&cert, &p, ilen) || p < data ||
 | 
						|
                dlen != (size_t)(p - data)) {
 | 
						|
                X509_free(cert);
 | 
						|
                tlsa_free(t);
 | 
						|
                ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_CERTIFICATE);
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            if (X509_get0_pubkey(cert) == NULL) {
 | 
						|
                X509_free(cert);
 | 
						|
                tlsa_free(t);
 | 
						|
                ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_CERTIFICATE);
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if ((DANETLS_USAGE_BIT(usage) & DANETLS_TA_MASK) == 0) {
 | 
						|
                /*
 | 
						|
                 * The Full(0) certificate decodes to a seemingly valid X.509
 | 
						|
                 * object with a plausible key, so the TLSA record is well
 | 
						|
                 * formed.  However, we don't actually need the certificate for
 | 
						|
                 * usages PKIX-EE(1) or DANE-EE(3), because at least the EE
 | 
						|
                 * certificate is always presented by the peer.  We discard the
 | 
						|
                 * certificate, and just use the TLSA data as an opaque blob
 | 
						|
                 * for matching the raw presented DER octets.
 | 
						|
                 *
 | 
						|
                 * DO NOT FREE `t` here, it will be added to the TLSA record
 | 
						|
                 * list below!
 | 
						|
                 */
 | 
						|
                X509_free(cert);
 | 
						|
                break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /*
 | 
						|
             * For usage DANE-TA(2), we support authentication via "2 0 0" TLSA
 | 
						|
             * records that contain full certificates of trust-anchors that are
 | 
						|
             * not present in the wire chain.  For usage PKIX-TA(0), we augment
 | 
						|
             * the chain with untrusted Full(0) certificates from DNS, in case
 | 
						|
             * they are missing from the chain.
 | 
						|
             */
 | 
						|
            if ((dane->certs == NULL &&
 | 
						|
                 (dane->certs = sk_X509_new_null()) == NULL) ||
 | 
						|
                !sk_X509_push(dane->certs, cert)) {
 | 
						|
                ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
                X509_free(cert);
 | 
						|
                tlsa_free(t);
 | 
						|
                return -1;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case DANETLS_SELECTOR_SPKI:
 | 
						|
            if (!d2i_PUBKEY(&pkey, &p, ilen) || p < data ||
 | 
						|
                dlen != (size_t)(p - data)) {
 | 
						|
                EVP_PKEY_free(pkey);
 | 
						|
                tlsa_free(t);
 | 
						|
                ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_TLSA_BAD_PUBLIC_KEY);
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /*
 | 
						|
             * For usage DANE-TA(2), we support authentication via "2 1 0" TLSA
 | 
						|
             * records that contain full bare keys of trust-anchors that are
 | 
						|
             * not present in the wire chain.
 | 
						|
             */
 | 
						|
            if (usage == DANETLS_USAGE_DANE_TA)
 | 
						|
                t->spki = pkey;
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
                EVP_PKEY_free(pkey);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*-
 | 
						|
     * Find the right insertion point for the new record.
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     * See crypto/x509/x509_vfy.c.  We sort DANE-EE(3) records first, so that
 | 
						|
     * they can be processed first, as they require no chain building, and no
 | 
						|
     * expiration or hostname checks.  Because DANE-EE(3) is numerically
 | 
						|
     * largest, this is accomplished via descending sort by "usage".
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     * We also sort in descending order by matching ordinal to simplify
 | 
						|
     * the implementation of digest agility in the verification code.
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     * The choice of order for the selector is not significant, so we
 | 
						|
     * use the same descending order for consistency.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    num = sk_danetls_record_num(dane->trecs);
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < num; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        danetls_record *rec = sk_danetls_record_value(dane->trecs, i);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (rec->usage > usage)
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
        if (rec->usage < usage)
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        if (rec->selector > selector)
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
        if (rec->selector < selector)
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        if (dane->dctx->mdord[rec->mtype] > dane->dctx->mdord[mtype])
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!sk_danetls_record_insert(dane->trecs, t, i)) {
 | 
						|
        tlsa_free(t);
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    dane->umask |= DANETLS_USAGE_BIT(usage);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Return 0 if there is only one version configured and it was disabled
 | 
						|
 * at configure time.  Return 1 otherwise.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int ssl_check_allowed_versions(int min_version, int max_version)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int minisdtls = 0, maxisdtls = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Figure out if we're doing DTLS versions or TLS versions */
 | 
						|
    if (min_version == DTLS1_BAD_VER
 | 
						|
        || min_version >> 8 == DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR)
 | 
						|
        minisdtls = 1;
 | 
						|
    if (max_version == DTLS1_BAD_VER
 | 
						|
        || max_version >> 8 == DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR)
 | 
						|
        maxisdtls = 1;
 | 
						|
    /* A wildcard version of 0 could be DTLS or TLS. */
 | 
						|
    if ((minisdtls && !maxisdtls && max_version != 0)
 | 
						|
        || (maxisdtls && !minisdtls && min_version != 0)) {
 | 
						|
        /* Mixing DTLS and TLS versions will lead to sadness; deny it. */
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (minisdtls || maxisdtls) {
 | 
						|
        /* Do DTLS version checks. */
 | 
						|
        if (min_version == 0)
 | 
						|
            /* Ignore DTLS1_BAD_VER */
 | 
						|
            min_version = DTLS1_VERSION;
 | 
						|
        if (max_version == 0)
 | 
						|
            max_version = DTLS1_2_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DTLS1_2
 | 
						|
        if (max_version == DTLS1_2_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            max_version = DTLS1_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DTLS1
 | 
						|
        if (min_version == DTLS1_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            min_version = DTLS1_2_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        /* Done massaging versions; do the check. */
 | 
						|
        if (0
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DTLS1
 | 
						|
            || (DTLS_VERSION_GE(min_version, DTLS1_VERSION)
 | 
						|
                && DTLS_VERSION_GE(DTLS1_VERSION, max_version))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_DTLS1_2
 | 
						|
            || (DTLS_VERSION_GE(min_version, DTLS1_2_VERSION)
 | 
						|
                && DTLS_VERSION_GE(DTLS1_2_VERSION, max_version))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            )
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        /* Regular TLS version checks. */
 | 
						|
        if (min_version == 0)
 | 
						|
            min_version = SSL3_VERSION;
 | 
						|
        if (max_version == 0)
 | 
						|
            max_version = TLS1_3_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_3
 | 
						|
        if (max_version == TLS1_3_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            max_version = TLS1_2_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_2
 | 
						|
        if (max_version == TLS1_2_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            max_version = TLS1_1_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_1
 | 
						|
        if (max_version == TLS1_1_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            max_version = TLS1_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1
 | 
						|
        if (max_version == TLS1_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            max_version = SSL3_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_SSL3
 | 
						|
        if (min_version == SSL3_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            min_version = TLS1_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1
 | 
						|
        if (min_version == TLS1_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            min_version = TLS1_1_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_1
 | 
						|
        if (min_version == TLS1_1_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            min_version = TLS1_2_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_2
 | 
						|
        if (min_version == TLS1_2_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            min_version = TLS1_3_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        /* Done massaging versions; do the check. */
 | 
						|
        if (0
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_SSL3
 | 
						|
            || (min_version <= SSL3_VERSION && SSL3_VERSION <= max_version)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1
 | 
						|
            || (min_version <= TLS1_VERSION && TLS1_VERSION <= max_version)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_1
 | 
						|
            || (min_version <= TLS1_1_VERSION && TLS1_1_VERSION <= max_version)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_2
 | 
						|
            || (min_version <= TLS1_2_VERSION && TLS1_2_VERSION <= max_version)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_TLS1_3
 | 
						|
            || (min_version <= TLS1_3_VERSION && TLS1_3_VERSION <= max_version)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            )
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined(__TANDEM) && defined(OPENSSL_VPROC)
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Define a VPROC function for HP NonStop build ssl library.
 | 
						|
 * This is used by platform version identification tools.
 | 
						|
 * Do not inline this procedure or make it static.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
# define OPENSSL_VPROC_STRING_(x)    x##_SSL
 | 
						|
# define OPENSSL_VPROC_STRING(x)     OPENSSL_VPROC_STRING_(x)
 | 
						|
# define OPENSSL_VPROC_FUNC          OPENSSL_VPROC_STRING(OPENSSL_VPROC)
 | 
						|
void OPENSSL_VPROC_FUNC(void) {}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_clear(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (s->method == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return s->method->ssl_reset(s);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ossl_ssl_connection_reset(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ssl_clear_bad_session(sc)) {
 | 
						|
        SSL_SESSION_free(sc->session);
 | 
						|
        sc->session = NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    SSL_SESSION_free(sc->psksession);
 | 
						|
    sc->psksession = NULL;
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(sc->psksession_id);
 | 
						|
    sc->psksession_id = NULL;
 | 
						|
    sc->psksession_id_len = 0;
 | 
						|
    sc->hello_retry_request = SSL_HRR_NONE;
 | 
						|
    sc->sent_tickets = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->error = 0;
 | 
						|
    sc->hit = 0;
 | 
						|
    sc->shutdown = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->renegotiate) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ossl_statem_clear(sc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->version = s->method->version;
 | 
						|
    sc->client_version = sc->version;
 | 
						|
    sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BUF_MEM_free(sc->init_buf);
 | 
						|
    sc->init_buf = NULL;
 | 
						|
    sc->first_packet = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->key_update = SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NONE;
 | 
						|
    memset(sc->ext.compress_certificate_from_peer, 0,
 | 
						|
           sizeof(sc->ext.compress_certificate_from_peer));
 | 
						|
    sc->ext.compress_certificate_sent = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    EVP_MD_CTX_free(sc->pha_dgst);
 | 
						|
    sc->pha_dgst = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Reset DANE verification result state */
 | 
						|
    sc->dane.mdpth = -1;
 | 
						|
    sc->dane.pdpth = -1;
 | 
						|
    X509_free(sc->dane.mcert);
 | 
						|
    sc->dane.mcert = NULL;
 | 
						|
    sc->dane.mtlsa = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Clear the verification result peername */
 | 
						|
    X509_VERIFY_PARAM_move_peername(sc->param, NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Clear any shared connection state */
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(sc->shared_sigalgs);
 | 
						|
    sc->shared_sigalgs = NULL;
 | 
						|
    sc->shared_sigalgslen = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Check to see if we were changed into a different method, if so, revert
 | 
						|
     * back.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (s->method != s->defltmeth) {
 | 
						|
        s->method->ssl_deinit(s);
 | 
						|
        s->method = s->defltmeth;
 | 
						|
        if (!s->method->ssl_init(s))
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        if (!s->method->ssl_clear(s))
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!RECORD_LAYER_reset(&sc->rlayer))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED_3_0
 | 
						|
/** Used to change an SSL_CTXs default SSL method type */
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_METHOD *meth)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *sk;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC_CTX(ctx)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ctx->method = meth;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_CTX_set_ciphersuites(ctx, OSSL_default_ciphersuites())) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_SSL_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sk = ssl_create_cipher_list(ctx,
 | 
						|
                                ctx->tls13_ciphersuites,
 | 
						|
                                &(ctx->cipher_list),
 | 
						|
                                &(ctx->cipher_list_by_id),
 | 
						|
                                OSSL_default_cipher_list(), ctx->cert);
 | 
						|
    if ((sk == NULL) || (sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(sk) <= 0)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_SSL_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (ctx == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX);
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->method == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION);
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return ctx->method->ssl_new(ctx);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ossl_ssl_init(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_METHOD *method, int type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ssl->type = type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl->lock = CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_new();
 | 
						|
    if (ssl->lock == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!CRYPTO_NEW_REF(&ssl->references, 1)) {
 | 
						|
        CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_free(ssl->lock);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!CRYPTO_new_ex_data(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL, ssl, &ssl->ex_data)) {
 | 
						|
        CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_free(ssl->lock);
 | 
						|
        CRYPTO_FREE_REF(&ssl->references);
 | 
						|
        ssl->lock = NULL;
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_up_ref(ctx);
 | 
						|
    ssl->ctx = ctx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl->defltmeth = ssl->method = method;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL *ossl_ssl_connection_new_int(SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_METHOD *method)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *s;
 | 
						|
    SSL *ssl;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s = OPENSSL_zalloc(sizeof(*s));
 | 
						|
    if (s == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl = &s->ssl;
 | 
						|
    if (!ossl_ssl_init(ssl, ctx, method, SSL_TYPE_SSL_CONNECTION)) {
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(s);
 | 
						|
        s = NULL;
 | 
						|
        ssl = NULL;
 | 
						|
        goto sslerr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    RECORD_LAYER_init(&s->rlayer, s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->options = ctx->options;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->dane.flags = ctx->dane.flags;
 | 
						|
    if (method->version == ctx->method->version) {
 | 
						|
        s->min_proto_version = ctx->min_proto_version;
 | 
						|
        s->max_proto_version = ctx->max_proto_version;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->mode = ctx->mode;
 | 
						|
    s->max_cert_list = ctx->max_cert_list;
 | 
						|
    s->max_early_data = ctx->max_early_data;
 | 
						|
    s->recv_max_early_data = ctx->recv_max_early_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->num_tickets = ctx->num_tickets;
 | 
						|
    s->pha_enabled = ctx->pha_enabled;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Shallow copy of the ciphersuites stack */
 | 
						|
    s->tls13_ciphersuites = sk_SSL_CIPHER_dup(ctx->tls13_ciphersuites);
 | 
						|
    if (s->tls13_ciphersuites == NULL)
 | 
						|
        goto cerr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Earlier library versions used to copy the pointer to the CERT, not
 | 
						|
     * its contents; only when setting new parameters for the per-SSL
 | 
						|
     * copy, ssl_cert_new would be called (and the direct reference to
 | 
						|
     * the per-SSL_CTX settings would be lost, but those still were
 | 
						|
     * indirectly accessed for various purposes, and for that reason they
 | 
						|
     * used to be known as s->ctx->default_cert). Now we don't look at the
 | 
						|
     * SSL_CTX's CERT after having duplicated it once.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    s->cert = ssl_cert_dup(ctx->cert);
 | 
						|
    if (s->cert == NULL)
 | 
						|
        goto sslerr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    RECORD_LAYER_set_read_ahead(&s->rlayer, ctx->read_ahead);
 | 
						|
    s->msg_callback = ctx->msg_callback;
 | 
						|
    s->msg_callback_arg = ctx->msg_callback_arg;
 | 
						|
    s->verify_mode = ctx->verify_mode;
 | 
						|
    s->not_resumable_session_cb = ctx->not_resumable_session_cb;
 | 
						|
    s->rlayer.record_padding_cb = ctx->record_padding_cb;
 | 
						|
    s->rlayer.record_padding_arg = ctx->record_padding_arg;
 | 
						|
    s->rlayer.block_padding = ctx->block_padding;
 | 
						|
    s->sid_ctx_length = ctx->sid_ctx_length;
 | 
						|
    if (!ossl_assert(s->sid_ctx_length <= sizeof(s->sid_ctx)))
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    memcpy(&s->sid_ctx, &ctx->sid_ctx, sizeof(s->sid_ctx));
 | 
						|
    s->verify_callback = ctx->default_verify_callback;
 | 
						|
    s->generate_session_id = ctx->generate_session_id;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->param = X509_VERIFY_PARAM_new();
 | 
						|
    if (s->param == NULL)
 | 
						|
        goto asn1err;
 | 
						|
    X509_VERIFY_PARAM_inherit(s->param, ctx->param);
 | 
						|
    s->quiet_shutdown = IS_QUIC_CTX(ctx) ? 0 : ctx->quiet_shutdown;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC_CTX(ctx))
 | 
						|
        s->ext.max_fragment_len_mode = ctx->ext.max_fragment_len_mode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->max_send_fragment = ctx->max_send_fragment;
 | 
						|
    s->split_send_fragment = ctx->split_send_fragment;
 | 
						|
    s->max_pipelines = ctx->max_pipelines;
 | 
						|
    s->rlayer.default_read_buf_len = ctx->default_read_buf_len;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->ext.debug_cb = 0;
 | 
						|
    s->ext.debug_arg = NULL;
 | 
						|
    s->ext.ticket_expected = 0;
 | 
						|
    s->ext.status_type = ctx->ext.status_type;
 | 
						|
    s->ext.status_expected = 0;
 | 
						|
    s->ext.ocsp.ids = NULL;
 | 
						|
    s->ext.ocsp.exts = NULL;
 | 
						|
    s->ext.ocsp.resp = NULL;
 | 
						|
    s->ext.ocsp.resp_len = 0;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_up_ref(ctx);
 | 
						|
    s->session_ctx = ctx;
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->ext.ecpointformats) {
 | 
						|
        s->ext.ecpointformats =
 | 
						|
            OPENSSL_memdup(ctx->ext.ecpointformats,
 | 
						|
                           ctx->ext.ecpointformats_len);
 | 
						|
        if (!s->ext.ecpointformats) {
 | 
						|
            s->ext.ecpointformats_len = 0;
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        s->ext.ecpointformats_len =
 | 
						|
            ctx->ext.ecpointformats_len;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->ext.supportedgroups) {
 | 
						|
        s->ext.supportedgroups =
 | 
						|
            OPENSSL_memdup(ctx->ext.supportedgroups,
 | 
						|
                           ctx->ext.supportedgroups_len
 | 
						|
                                * sizeof(*ctx->ext.supportedgroups));
 | 
						|
        if (!s->ext.supportedgroups) {
 | 
						|
            s->ext.supportedgroups_len = 0;
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        s->ext.supportedgroups_len = ctx->ext.supportedgroups_len;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
 | 
						|
    s->ext.npn = NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->ext.alpn != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        s->ext.alpn = OPENSSL_malloc(ctx->ext.alpn_len);
 | 
						|
        if (s->ext.alpn == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            s->ext.alpn_len = 0;
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        memcpy(s->ext.alpn, ctx->ext.alpn, ctx->ext.alpn_len);
 | 
						|
        s->ext.alpn_len = ctx->ext.alpn_len;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->verified_chain = NULL;
 | 
						|
    s->verify_result = X509_V_OK;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->default_passwd_callback = ctx->default_passwd_callback;
 | 
						|
    s->default_passwd_callback_userdata = ctx->default_passwd_callback_userdata;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->key_update = SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NONE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC_CTX(ctx)) {
 | 
						|
        s->allow_early_data_cb = ctx->allow_early_data_cb;
 | 
						|
        s->allow_early_data_cb_data = ctx->allow_early_data_cb_data;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!method->ssl_init(ssl))
 | 
						|
        goto sslerr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->server = (method->ssl_accept == ssl_undefined_function) ? 0 : 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!method->ssl_reset(ssl))
 | 
						|
        goto sslerr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_PSK
 | 
						|
    s->psk_client_callback = ctx->psk_client_callback;
 | 
						|
    s->psk_server_callback = ctx->psk_server_callback;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    s->psk_find_session_cb = ctx->psk_find_session_cb;
 | 
						|
    s->psk_use_session_cb = ctx->psk_use_session_cb;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->async_cb = ctx->async_cb;
 | 
						|
    s->async_cb_arg = ctx->async_cb_arg;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->job = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP_ALG
 | 
						|
    memcpy(s->cert_comp_prefs, ctx->cert_comp_prefs, sizeof(s->cert_comp_prefs));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->client_cert_type != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        s->client_cert_type = OPENSSL_memdup(ctx->client_cert_type,
 | 
						|
                                             ctx->client_cert_type_len);
 | 
						|
        if (s->client_cert_type == NULL)
 | 
						|
            goto sslerr;
 | 
						|
        s->client_cert_type_len = ctx->client_cert_type_len;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->server_cert_type != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        s->server_cert_type = OPENSSL_memdup(ctx->server_cert_type,
 | 
						|
                                             ctx->server_cert_type_len);
 | 
						|
        if (s->server_cert_type == NULL)
 | 
						|
            goto sslerr;
 | 
						|
        s->server_cert_type_len = ctx->server_cert_type_len;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CT
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_set_ct_validation_callback(ssl, ctx->ct_validation_callback,
 | 
						|
                                        ctx->ct_validation_callback_arg))
 | 
						|
        goto sslerr;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->ssl_pkey_num = SSL_PKEY_NUM + ctx->sigalg_list_len;
 | 
						|
    return ssl;
 | 
						|
 cerr:
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
    goto err;
 | 
						|
 asn1err:
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_ASN1_LIB);
 | 
						|
    goto err;
 | 
						|
 sslerr:
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SSL_LIB);
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    SSL_free(ssl);
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL *ossl_ssl_connection_new(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ossl_ssl_connection_new_int(ctx, ctx->method);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_is_dtls(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_CONNECTION || s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return SSL_CONNECTION_IS_DTLS(sc) ? 1 : 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_is_tls(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_CONNECTION || s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return SSL_CONNECTION_IS_DTLS(sc) ? 0 : 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_is_quic(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_CONNECTION || s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_up_ref(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (CRYPTO_UP_REF(&s->references, &i) <= 0)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    REF_PRINT_COUNT("SSL", s);
 | 
						|
    REF_ASSERT_ISNT(i < 2);
 | 
						|
    return ((i > 1) ? 1 : 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *sid_ctx,
 | 
						|
                                   unsigned int sid_ctx_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (sid_ctx_len > SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ctx->sid_ctx_length = sid_ctx_len;
 | 
						|
    memcpy(ctx->sid_ctx, sid_ctx, sid_ctx_len);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *sid_ctx,
 | 
						|
                               unsigned int sid_ctx_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sid_ctx_len > SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sc->sid_ctx_length = sid_ctx_len;
 | 
						|
    memcpy(sc->sid_ctx, sid_ctx, sid_ctx_len);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_generate_session_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, GEN_SESSION_CB cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (!CRYPTO_THREAD_write_lock(ctx->lock))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    ctx->generate_session_id = cb;
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_THREAD_unlock(ctx->lock);
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_generate_session_id(SSL *ssl, GEN_SESSION_CB cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || !CRYPTO_THREAD_write_lock(ssl->lock))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    sc->generate_session_id = cb;
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_THREAD_unlock(ssl->lock);
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_has_matching_session_id(const SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *id,
 | 
						|
                                unsigned int id_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * A quick examination of SSL_SESSION_hash and SSL_SESSION_cmp shows how
 | 
						|
     * we can "construct" a session to give us the desired check - i.e. to
 | 
						|
     * find if there's a session in the hash table that would conflict with
 | 
						|
     * any new session built out of this id/id_len and the ssl_version in use
 | 
						|
     * by this SSL.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    SSL_SESSION r, *p;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || id_len > sizeof(r.session_id))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    r.ssl_version = sc->version;
 | 
						|
    r.session_id_length = id_len;
 | 
						|
    memcpy(r.session_id, id, id_len);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!CRYPTO_THREAD_read_lock(sc->session_ctx->lock))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    p = lh_SSL_SESSION_retrieve(sc->session_ctx->sessions, &r);
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_THREAD_unlock(sc->session_ctx->lock);
 | 
						|
    return (p != NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *s, int purpose)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_purpose(s->param, purpose);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *s, int purpose)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_purpose(sc->param, purpose);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *s, int trust)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_trust(s->param, trust);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_trust(SSL *s, int trust)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_trust(sc->param, trust);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set1_host(SSL *s, const char *hostname)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If a hostname is provided and parses as an IP address,
 | 
						|
     * treat it as such. */
 | 
						|
    if (hostname != NULL
 | 
						|
        && X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_ip_asc(sc->param, hostname) == 1)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_host(sc->param, hostname, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_add1_host(SSL *s, const char *hostname)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If a hostname is provided and parses as an IP address,
 | 
						|
     * treat it as such. */
 | 
						|
    if (hostname)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        ASN1_OCTET_STRING *ip;
 | 
						|
        char *old_ip;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ip = a2i_IPADDRESS(hostname);
 | 
						|
        if (ip) {
 | 
						|
            /* We didn't want it; only to check if it *is* an IP address */
 | 
						|
            ASN1_OCTET_STRING_free(ip);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            old_ip = X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get1_ip_asc(sc->param);
 | 
						|
            if (old_ip)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
                OPENSSL_free(old_ip);
 | 
						|
                /* There can be only one IP address */
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_ip_asc(sc->param, hostname);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_add1_host(sc->param, hostname, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_hostflags(SSL *s, unsigned int flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_hostflags(sc->param, flags);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const char *SSL_get0_peername(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get0_peername(sc->param);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_dane_enable(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return dane_ctx_enable(&ctx->dane);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
unsigned long SSL_CTX_dane_set_flags(SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned long orig = ctx->dane.flags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ctx->dane.flags |= flags;
 | 
						|
    return orig;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
unsigned long SSL_CTX_dane_clear_flags(SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned long flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned long orig = ctx->dane.flags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ctx->dane.flags &= ~flags;
 | 
						|
    return orig;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_dane_enable(SSL *s, const char *basedomain)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_DANE *dane;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dane = &sc->dane;
 | 
						|
    if (s->ctx->dane.mdmax == 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_CONTEXT_NOT_DANE_ENABLED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (dane->trecs != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DANE_ALREADY_ENABLED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Default SNI name.  This rejects empty names, while set1_host below
 | 
						|
     * accepts them and disables hostname checks.  To avoid side-effects with
 | 
						|
     * invalid input, set the SNI name first.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->ext.hostname == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        if (!SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(s, basedomain)) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_ERROR_SETTING_TLSA_BASE_DOMAIN);
 | 
						|
            return -1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Primary RFC6125 reference identifier */
 | 
						|
    if (!X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1_host(sc->param, basedomain, 0)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_ERROR_SETTING_TLSA_BASE_DOMAIN);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dane->mdpth = -1;
 | 
						|
    dane->pdpth = -1;
 | 
						|
    dane->dctx = &s->ctx->dane;
 | 
						|
    dane->trecs = sk_danetls_record_new_null();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (dane->trecs == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
unsigned long SSL_dane_set_flags(SSL *ssl, unsigned long flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned long orig;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    orig = sc->dane.flags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->dane.flags |= flags;
 | 
						|
    return orig;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
unsigned long SSL_dane_clear_flags(SSL *ssl, unsigned long flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned long orig;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    orig = sc->dane.flags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->dane.flags &= ~flags;
 | 
						|
    return orig;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get0_dane_authority(SSL *s, X509 **mcert, EVP_PKEY **mspki)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_DANE *dane;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dane = &sc->dane;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!DANETLS_ENABLED(dane) || sc->verify_result != X509_V_OK)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    if (dane->mtlsa) {
 | 
						|
        if (mcert)
 | 
						|
            *mcert = dane->mcert;
 | 
						|
        if (mspki)
 | 
						|
            *mspki = (dane->mcert == NULL) ? dane->mtlsa->spki : NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return dane->mdpth;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get0_dane_tlsa(SSL *s, uint8_t *usage, uint8_t *selector,
 | 
						|
                       uint8_t *mtype, const unsigned char **data, size_t *dlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_DANE *dane;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dane = &sc->dane;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!DANETLS_ENABLED(dane) || sc->verify_result != X509_V_OK)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    if (dane->mtlsa) {
 | 
						|
        if (usage)
 | 
						|
            *usage = dane->mtlsa->usage;
 | 
						|
        if (selector)
 | 
						|
            *selector = dane->mtlsa->selector;
 | 
						|
        if (mtype)
 | 
						|
            *mtype = dane->mtlsa->mtype;
 | 
						|
        if (data)
 | 
						|
            *data = dane->mtlsa->data;
 | 
						|
        if (dlen)
 | 
						|
            *dlen = dane->mtlsa->dlen;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return dane->mdpth;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL_DANE *SSL_get0_dane(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return &sc->dane;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_dane_tlsa_add(SSL *s, uint8_t usage, uint8_t selector,
 | 
						|
                      uint8_t mtype, const unsigned char *data, size_t dlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return dane_tlsa_add(&sc->dane, usage, selector, mtype, data, dlen);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_dane_mtype_set(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EVP_MD *md, uint8_t mtype,
 | 
						|
                           uint8_t ord)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return dane_mtype_set(&ctx->dane, md, mtype, ord);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *vpm)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1(ctx->param, vpm);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, X509_VERIFY_PARAM *vpm)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set1(sc->param, vpm);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->param;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->param;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl_cert_clear_certs(sc->cert);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_free(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_DOWN_REF(&s->references, &i);
 | 
						|
    REF_PRINT_COUNT("SSL", s);
 | 
						|
    if (i > 0)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    REF_ASSERT_ISNT(i < 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_free_ex_data(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL, s, &s->ex_data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s->method != NULL)
 | 
						|
        s->method->ssl_free(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_free(s->ctx);
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_free(s->lock);
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_FREE_REF(&s->references);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ossl_ssl_connection_free(SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *s;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(ssl);
 | 
						|
    if (s == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_VERIFY_PARAM_free(s->param);
 | 
						|
    dane_final(&s->dane);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Ignore return value */
 | 
						|
    ssl_free_wbio_buffer(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Ignore return value */
 | 
						|
    RECORD_LAYER_clear(&s->rlayer);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BUF_MEM_free(s->init_buf);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* add extra stuff */
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(s->cipher_list);
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(s->cipher_list_by_id);
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(s->tls13_ciphersuites);
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(s->peer_ciphers);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Make the next call work :-) */
 | 
						|
    if (s->session != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ssl_clear_bad_session(s);
 | 
						|
        SSL_SESSION_free(s->session);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    SSL_SESSION_free(s->psksession);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->psksession_id);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl_cert_free(s->cert);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->shared_sigalgs);
 | 
						|
    /* Free up if allocated */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.hostname);
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_free(s->session_ctx);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.ecpointformats);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.peer_ecpointformats);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.supportedgroups);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.peer_supportedgroups);
 | 
						|
    sk_X509_EXTENSION_pop_free(s->ext.ocsp.exts, X509_EXTENSION_free);
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCSP
 | 
						|
    sk_OCSP_RESPID_pop_free(s->ext.ocsp.ids, OCSP_RESPID_free);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CT
 | 
						|
    SCT_LIST_free(s->scts);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.scts);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.ocsp.resp);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.alpn);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.tls13_cookie);
 | 
						|
    if (s->clienthello != NULL)
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(s->clienthello->pre_proc_exts);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->clienthello);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->pha_context);
 | 
						|
    EVP_MD_CTX_free(s->pha_dgst);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sk_X509_NAME_pop_free(s->ca_names, X509_NAME_free);
 | 
						|
    sk_X509_NAME_pop_free(s->client_ca_names, X509_NAME_free);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->client_cert_type);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->server_cert_type);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OSSL_STACK_OF_X509_free(s->verified_chain);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ssl->method != NULL)
 | 
						|
        ssl->method->ssl_deinit(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_free(s->waitctx);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG)
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->ext.npn);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRTP
 | 
						|
    sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_free(s->srtp_profiles);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * We do this late. We want to ensure that any other references we held to
 | 
						|
     * these BIOs are freed first *before* we call BIO_free_all(), because
 | 
						|
     * BIO_free_all() will only free each BIO in the chain if the number of
 | 
						|
     * references to the first BIO have dropped to 0
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    BIO_free_all(s->wbio);
 | 
						|
    s->wbio = NULL;
 | 
						|
    BIO_free_all(s->rbio);
 | 
						|
    s->rbio = NULL;
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->s3.tmp.valid_flags);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set0_rbio(SSL *s, BIO *rbio)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s)) {
 | 
						|
        ossl_quic_conn_set0_net_rbio(s, rbio);
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BIO_free_all(sc->rbio);
 | 
						|
    sc->rbio = rbio;
 | 
						|
    sc->rlayer.rrlmethod->set1_bio(sc->rlayer.rrl, sc->rbio);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set0_wbio(SSL *s, BIO *wbio)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s)) {
 | 
						|
        ossl_quic_conn_set0_net_wbio(s, wbio);
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If the output buffering BIO is still in place, remove it
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->bbio != NULL)
 | 
						|
        sc->wbio = BIO_pop(sc->wbio);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BIO_free_all(sc->wbio);
 | 
						|
    sc->wbio = wbio;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Re-attach |bbio| to the new |wbio|. */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->bbio != NULL)
 | 
						|
        sc->wbio = BIO_push(sc->bbio, sc->wbio);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->rlayer.wrlmethod->set1_bio(sc->rlayer.wrl, sc->wbio);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_bio(SSL *s, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * For historical reasons, this function has many different cases in
 | 
						|
     * ownership handling.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If nothing has changed, do nothing */
 | 
						|
    if (rbio == SSL_get_rbio(s) && wbio == SSL_get_wbio(s))
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If the two arguments are equal then one fewer reference is granted by the
 | 
						|
     * caller than we want to take
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (rbio != NULL && rbio == wbio)
 | 
						|
        BIO_up_ref(rbio);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If only the wbio is changed only adopt one reference.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (rbio == SSL_get_rbio(s)) {
 | 
						|
        SSL_set0_wbio(s, wbio);
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * There is an asymmetry here for historical reasons. If only the rbio is
 | 
						|
     * changed AND the rbio and wbio were originally different, then we only
 | 
						|
     * adopt one reference.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (wbio == SSL_get_wbio(s) && SSL_get_rbio(s) != SSL_get_wbio(s)) {
 | 
						|
        SSL_set0_rbio(s, rbio);
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Otherwise, adopt both references. */
 | 
						|
    SSL_set0_rbio(s, rbio);
 | 
						|
    SSL_set0_wbio(s, wbio);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_conn_get_net_rbio(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->rbio;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_conn_get_net_wbio(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->bbio != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * If |bbio| is active, the true caller-configured BIO is its
 | 
						|
         * |next_bio|.
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        return BIO_next(sc->bbio);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return sc->wbio;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return SSL_get_rfd(s);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = -1;
 | 
						|
    BIO *b, *r;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    b = SSL_get_rbio(s);
 | 
						|
    r = BIO_find_type(b, BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR);
 | 
						|
    if (r != NULL)
 | 
						|
        BIO_get_fd(r, &ret);
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = -1;
 | 
						|
    BIO *b, *r;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    b = SSL_get_wbio(s);
 | 
						|
    r = BIO_find_type(b, BIO_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR);
 | 
						|
    if (r != NULL)
 | 
						|
        BIO_get_fd(r, &ret);
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SOCK
 | 
						|
static const BIO_METHOD *fd_method(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DGRAM
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return BIO_s_datagram();
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return BIO_s_socket();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_fd(SSL *s, int fd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = 0;
 | 
						|
    BIO *bio = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_CONN_USE_ONLY);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bio = BIO_new(fd_method(s));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bio == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_BUF_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    BIO_set_fd(bio, fd, BIO_NOCLOSE);
 | 
						|
    SSL_set_bio(s, bio, bio);
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_KTLS
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * The new socket is created successfully regardless of ktls_enable.
 | 
						|
     * ktls_enable doesn't change any functionality of the socket, except
 | 
						|
     * changing the setsockopt to enable the processing of ktls_start.
 | 
						|
     * Thus, it is not a problem to call it for non-TLS sockets.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    ktls_enable(fd);
 | 
						|
#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_KTLS */
 | 
						|
    ret = 1;
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *s, int fd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    BIO *rbio = SSL_get_rbio(s);
 | 
						|
    int desired_type = IS_QUIC(s) ? BIO_TYPE_DGRAM : BIO_TYPE_SOCKET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_CONN_USE_ONLY);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (rbio == NULL || BIO_method_type(rbio) != desired_type
 | 
						|
        || (int)BIO_get_fd(rbio, NULL) != fd) {
 | 
						|
        BIO *bio = BIO_new(fd_method(s));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (bio == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_BUF_LIB);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        BIO_set_fd(bio, fd, BIO_NOCLOSE);
 | 
						|
        SSL_set0_wbio(s, bio);
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_KTLS
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * The new socket is created successfully regardless of ktls_enable.
 | 
						|
         * ktls_enable doesn't change any functionality of the socket, except
 | 
						|
         * changing the setsockopt to enable the processing of ktls_start.
 | 
						|
         * Thus, it is not a problem to call it for non-TLS sockets.
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        ktls_enable(fd);
 | 
						|
#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_KTLS */
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        BIO_up_ref(rbio);
 | 
						|
        SSL_set0_wbio(s, rbio);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *s, int fd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    BIO *wbio = SSL_get_wbio(s);
 | 
						|
    int desired_type = IS_QUIC(s) ? BIO_TYPE_DGRAM : BIO_TYPE_SOCKET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_CONN_USE_ONLY);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (wbio == NULL || BIO_method_type(wbio) != desired_type
 | 
						|
        || ((int)BIO_get_fd(wbio, NULL) != fd)) {
 | 
						|
        BIO *bio = BIO_new(fd_method(s));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (bio == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_BUF_LIB);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        BIO_set_fd(bio, fd, BIO_NOCLOSE);
 | 
						|
        SSL_set0_rbio(s, bio);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        BIO_up_ref(wbio);
 | 
						|
        SSL_set0_rbio(s, wbio);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return length of latest Finished message we sent, copy to 'buf' */
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *s, void *buf, size_t count)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    size_t ret = 0;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = sc->s3.tmp.finish_md_len;
 | 
						|
    if (count > ret)
 | 
						|
        count = ret;
 | 
						|
    memcpy(buf, sc->s3.tmp.finish_md, count);
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return length of latest Finished message we expected, copy to 'buf' */
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *s, void *buf, size_t count)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    size_t ret = 0;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = sc->s3.tmp.peer_finish_md_len;
 | 
						|
    if (count > ret)
 | 
						|
        count = ret;
 | 
						|
    memcpy(buf, sc->s3.tmp.peer_finish_md, count);
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->verify_mode;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_depth(sc->param);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *s)) (int, X509_STORE_CTX *) {
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->verify_callback;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->verify_mode;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return X509_VERIFY_PARAM_get_depth(ctx->param);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx)) (int, X509_STORE_CTX *) {
 | 
						|
    return ctx->default_verify_callback;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_verify(SSL *s, int mode,
 | 
						|
                    int (*callback) (int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->verify_mode = mode;
 | 
						|
    if (callback != NULL)
 | 
						|
        sc->verify_callback = callback;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *s, int depth)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_depth(sc->param, depth);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *s, int yes)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
    OSSL_PARAM options[2], *opts = options;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    RECORD_LAYER_set_read_ahead(&sc->rlayer, yes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *opts++ = OSSL_PARAM_construct_int(OSSL_LIBSSL_RECORD_LAYER_PARAM_READ_AHEAD,
 | 
						|
                                       &sc->rlayer.read_ahead);
 | 
						|
    *opts = OSSL_PARAM_construct_end();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Ignore return value */
 | 
						|
    sc->rlayer.rrlmethod->set_options(sc->rlayer.rrl, options);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return RECORD_LAYER_get_read_ahead(&sc->rlayer);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_pending(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    size_t pending = s->method->ssl_pending(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * SSL_pending cannot work properly if read-ahead is enabled
 | 
						|
     * (SSL_[CTX_]ctrl(..., SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD, 1, NULL)), and it is
 | 
						|
     * impossible to fix since SSL_pending cannot report errors that may be
 | 
						|
     * observed while scanning the new data. (Note that SSL_pending() is
 | 
						|
     * often used as a boolean value, so we'd better not return -1.)
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     * SSL_pending also cannot work properly if the value >INT_MAX. In that case
 | 
						|
     * we just return INT_MAX.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    return pending < INT_MAX ? (int)pending : INT_MAX;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_has_pending(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Similar to SSL_pending() but returns a 1 to indicate that we have
 | 
						|
     * processed or unprocessed data available or 0 otherwise (as opposed to the
 | 
						|
     * number of bytes available). Unlike SSL_pending() this will take into
 | 
						|
     * account read_ahead data. A 1 return simply indicates that we have data.
 | 
						|
     * That data may not result in any application data, or we may fail to parse
 | 
						|
     * the records for some reason.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_has_pending(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Check buffered app data if any first */
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_CONNECTION_IS_DTLS(sc)) {
 | 
						|
        TLS_RECORD *rdata;
 | 
						|
        pitem *item, *iter;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        iter = pqueue_iterator(sc->rlayer.d->buffered_app_data);
 | 
						|
        while ((item = pqueue_next(&iter)) != NULL) {
 | 
						|
            rdata = item->data;
 | 
						|
            if (rdata->length > 0)
 | 
						|
                return 1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (RECORD_LAYER_processed_read_pending(&sc->rlayer))
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return RECORD_LAYER_read_pending(&sc->rlayer);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
X509 *SSL_get1_peer_certificate(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    X509 *r = SSL_get0_peer_certificate(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (r != NULL)
 | 
						|
        X509_up_ref(r);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return r;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
X509 *SSL_get0_peer_certificate(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->session == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        return sc->session->peer;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(X509) *r;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->session == NULL)
 | 
						|
        r = NULL;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        r = sc->session->peer_chain;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If we are a client, cert_chain includes the peer's own certificate; if
 | 
						|
     * we are a server, it does not.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return r;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Now in theory, since the calling process own 't' it should be safe to
 | 
						|
 * modify.  We need to be able to read f without being hassled
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int SSL_copy_session_id(SSL *t, const SSL *f)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    /* TODO(QUIC FUTURE): Not allowed for QUIC currently. */
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *tsc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(t);
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *fsc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL_ONLY(f);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (tsc == NULL || fsc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Do we need to do SSL locking? */
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_set_session(t, SSL_get_session(f))) {
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * what if we are setup for one protocol version but want to talk another
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (t->method != f->method) {
 | 
						|
        t->method->ssl_deinit(t);
 | 
						|
        t->method = f->method;
 | 
						|
        if (t->method->ssl_init(t) == 0)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_UP_REF(&fsc->cert->references, &i);
 | 
						|
    ssl_cert_free(tsc->cert);
 | 
						|
    tsc->cert = fsc->cert;
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_set_session_id_context(t, fsc->sid_ctx, (int)fsc->sid_ctx_length)) {
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Fix this so it checks all the valid key/cert options */
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if ((ctx == NULL) || (ctx->cert->key->x509 == NULL)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->cert->key->privatekey == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return X509_check_private_key
 | 
						|
            (ctx->cert->key->x509, ctx->cert->key->privatekey);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Fix this function so that it takes an optional type parameter */
 | 
						|
int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(ssl)) == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_PASSED_NULL_PARAMETER);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (sc->cert->key->x509 == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (sc->cert->key->privatekey == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return X509_check_private_key(sc->cert->key->x509,
 | 
						|
                                   sc->cert->key->privatekey);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_waiting_for_async(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->job)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_all_async_fds(SSL *s, OSSL_ASYNC_FD *fds, size_t *numfds)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((ctx = sc->waitctx) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_get_all_fds(ctx, fds, numfds);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_changed_async_fds(SSL *s, OSSL_ASYNC_FD *addfd, size_t *numaddfds,
 | 
						|
                              OSSL_ASYNC_FD *delfd, size_t *numdelfds)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((ctx = sc->waitctx) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_get_changed_fds(ctx, addfd, numaddfds, delfd,
 | 
						|
                                          numdelfds);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_async_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_async_callback_fn callback)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->async_cb = callback;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_async_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->async_cb_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_async_callback(SSL *s, SSL_async_callback_fn callback)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->async_cb = callback;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_async_callback_arg(SSL *s, void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->async_cb_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_async_status(SSL *s, int *status)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ASYNC_WAIT_CTX *ctx;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((ctx = sc->waitctx) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    *status = ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_get_status(ctx);
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_accept(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return s->method->ssl_accept(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /* Not properly initialized yet */
 | 
						|
        SSL_set_accept_state(s);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return SSL_do_handshake(s);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_connect(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return s->method->ssl_connect(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /* Not properly initialized yet */
 | 
						|
        SSL_set_connect_state(s);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return SSL_do_handshake(s);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return (long int)ossl_time2seconds(s->method->get_timeout());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_async_wait_ctx_cb(void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL *s = (SSL *)arg;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->async_cb(s, sc->async_cb_arg);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_start_async_job(SSL *s, struct ssl_async_args *args,
 | 
						|
                               int (*func) (void *))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->waitctx == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        sc->waitctx = ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_new();
 | 
						|
        if (sc->waitctx == NULL)
 | 
						|
            return -1;
 | 
						|
        if (sc->async_cb != NULL
 | 
						|
            && !ASYNC_WAIT_CTX_set_callback
 | 
						|
                 (sc->waitctx, ssl_async_wait_ctx_cb, s))
 | 
						|
            return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
    switch (ASYNC_start_job(&sc->job, sc->waitctx, &ret, func, args,
 | 
						|
                            sizeof(struct ssl_async_args))) {
 | 
						|
    case ASYNC_ERR:
 | 
						|
        sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_FAILED_TO_INIT_ASYNC);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    case ASYNC_PAUSE:
 | 
						|
        sc->rwstate = SSL_ASYNC_PAUSED;
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    case ASYNC_NO_JOBS:
 | 
						|
        sc->rwstate = SSL_ASYNC_NO_JOBS;
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    case ASYNC_FINISH:
 | 
						|
        sc->job = NULL;
 | 
						|
        return ret;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR);
 | 
						|
        /* Shouldn't happen */
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_io_intern(void *vargs)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    struct ssl_async_args *args;
 | 
						|
    SSL *s;
 | 
						|
    void *buf;
 | 
						|
    size_t num;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    args = (struct ssl_async_args *)vargs;
 | 
						|
    s = args->s;
 | 
						|
    buf = args->buf;
 | 
						|
    num = args->num;
 | 
						|
    if ((sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s)) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (args->type) {
 | 
						|
    case READFUNC:
 | 
						|
        return args->f.func_read(s, buf, num, &sc->asyncrw);
 | 
						|
    case WRITEFUNC:
 | 
						|
        return args->f.func_write(s, buf, num, &sc->asyncrw);
 | 
						|
    case OTHERFUNC:
 | 
						|
        return args->f.func_other(s);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_read_internal(SSL *s, void *buf, size_t num, size_t *readbytes)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return s->method->ssl_read(s, buf, num, readbytes);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->shutdown & SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN) {
 | 
						|
        sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->early_data_state == SSL_EARLY_DATA_CONNECT_RETRY
 | 
						|
                || sc->early_data_state == SSL_EARLY_DATA_ACCEPT_RETRY) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If we are a client and haven't received the ServerHello etc then we
 | 
						|
     * better do that
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    ossl_statem_check_finish_init(sc, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((sc->mode & SSL_MODE_ASYNC) && ASYNC_get_current_job() == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        struct ssl_async_args args;
 | 
						|
        int ret;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        args.s = s;
 | 
						|
        args.buf = buf;
 | 
						|
        args.num = num;
 | 
						|
        args.type = READFUNC;
 | 
						|
        args.f.func_read = s->method->ssl_read;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ret = ssl_start_async_job(s, &args, ssl_io_intern);
 | 
						|
        *readbytes = sc->asyncrw;
 | 
						|
        return ret;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        return s->method->ssl_read(s, buf, num, readbytes);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_read(SSL *s, void *buf, int num)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret;
 | 
						|
    size_t readbytes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (num < 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = ssl_read_internal(s, buf, (size_t)num, &readbytes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * The cast is safe here because ret should be <= INT_MAX because num is
 | 
						|
     * <= INT_MAX
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (ret > 0)
 | 
						|
        ret = (int)readbytes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_read_ex(SSL *s, void *buf, size_t num, size_t *readbytes)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = ssl_read_internal(s, buf, num, readbytes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ret < 0)
 | 
						|
        ret = 0;
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_read_early_data(SSL *s, void *buf, size_t num, size_t *readbytes)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* TODO(QUIC 0RTT): 0-RTT support */
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || !sc->server) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
        return SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_ERROR;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (sc->early_data_state) {
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_NONE:
 | 
						|
        if (!SSL_in_before(s)) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
            return SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_ERROR;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_ACCEPT_RETRY:
 | 
						|
        sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_ACCEPTING;
 | 
						|
        ret = SSL_accept(s);
 | 
						|
        if (ret <= 0) {
 | 
						|
            /* NBIO or error */
 | 
						|
            sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_ACCEPT_RETRY;
 | 
						|
            return SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_ERROR;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_READ_RETRY:
 | 
						|
        if (sc->ext.early_data == SSL_EARLY_DATA_ACCEPTED) {
 | 
						|
            sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_READING;
 | 
						|
            ret = SSL_read_ex(s, buf, num, readbytes);
 | 
						|
            /*
 | 
						|
             * State machine will update early_data_state to
 | 
						|
             * SSL_EARLY_DATA_FINISHED_READING if we get an EndOfEarlyData
 | 
						|
             * message
 | 
						|
             */
 | 
						|
            if (ret > 0 || (ret <= 0 && sc->early_data_state
 | 
						|
                                        != SSL_EARLY_DATA_FINISHED_READING)) {
 | 
						|
                sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_READ_RETRY;
 | 
						|
                return ret > 0 ? SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_SUCCESS
 | 
						|
                               : SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_ERROR;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_FINISHED_READING;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        *readbytes = 0;
 | 
						|
        return SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_FINISH;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
        return SSL_READ_EARLY_DATA_ERROR;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_early_data_status(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* TODO(QUIC 0RTT): 0-RTT support */
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->ext.early_data;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_peek_internal(SSL *s, void *buf, size_t num, size_t *readbytes)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return s->method->ssl_peek(s, buf, num, readbytes);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->shutdown & SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN) {
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if ((sc->mode & SSL_MODE_ASYNC) && ASYNC_get_current_job() == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        struct ssl_async_args args;
 | 
						|
        int ret;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        args.s = s;
 | 
						|
        args.buf = buf;
 | 
						|
        args.num = num;
 | 
						|
        args.type = READFUNC;
 | 
						|
        args.f.func_read = s->method->ssl_peek;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ret = ssl_start_async_job(s, &args, ssl_io_intern);
 | 
						|
        *readbytes = sc->asyncrw;
 | 
						|
        return ret;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        return s->method->ssl_peek(s, buf, num, readbytes);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_peek(SSL *s, void *buf, int num)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret;
 | 
						|
    size_t readbytes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (num < 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = ssl_peek_internal(s, buf, (size_t)num, &readbytes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * The cast is safe here because ret should be <= INT_MAX because num is
 | 
						|
     * <= INT_MAX
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (ret > 0)
 | 
						|
        ret = (int)readbytes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_peek_ex(SSL *s, void *buf, size_t num, size_t *readbytes)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = ssl_peek_internal(s, buf, num, readbytes);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ret < 0)
 | 
						|
        ret = 0;
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_write_internal(SSL *s, const void *buf, size_t num,
 | 
						|
                       uint64_t flags, size_t *written)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_write_flags(s, buf, num, flags, written);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->shutdown & SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN) {
 | 
						|
        sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (flags != 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_WRITE_FLAG);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->early_data_state == SSL_EARLY_DATA_CONNECT_RETRY
 | 
						|
                || sc->early_data_state == SSL_EARLY_DATA_ACCEPT_RETRY
 | 
						|
                || sc->early_data_state == SSL_EARLY_DATA_READ_RETRY) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* If we are a client and haven't sent the Finished we better do that */
 | 
						|
    ossl_statem_check_finish_init(sc, 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((sc->mode & SSL_MODE_ASYNC) && ASYNC_get_current_job() == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        int ret;
 | 
						|
        struct ssl_async_args args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        args.s = s;
 | 
						|
        args.buf = (void *)buf;
 | 
						|
        args.num = num;
 | 
						|
        args.type = WRITEFUNC;
 | 
						|
        args.f.func_write = s->method->ssl_write;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ret = ssl_start_async_job(s, &args, ssl_io_intern);
 | 
						|
        *written = sc->asyncrw;
 | 
						|
        return ret;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        return s->method->ssl_write(s, buf, num, written);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ossl_ssize_t SSL_sendfile(SSL *s, int fd, off_t offset, size_t size, int flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ossl_ssize_t ret;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->shutdown & SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN) {
 | 
						|
        sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!BIO_get_ktls_send(sc->wbio)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If we have an alert to send, lets send it */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->s3.alert_dispatch > 0) {
 | 
						|
        ret = (ossl_ssize_t)s->method->ssl_dispatch_alert(s);
 | 
						|
        if (ret <= 0) {
 | 
						|
            /* SSLfatal() already called if appropriate */
 | 
						|
            return ret;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* if it went, fall through and send more stuff */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->rwstate = SSL_WRITING;
 | 
						|
    if (BIO_flush(sc->wbio) <= 0) {
 | 
						|
        if (!BIO_should_retry(sc->wbio)) {
 | 
						|
            sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
#ifdef EAGAIN
 | 
						|
            set_sys_error(EAGAIN);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef OPENSSL_NO_KTLS
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise_data(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR,
 | 
						|
                   "can't call ktls_sendfile(), ktls disabled");
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    ret = ktls_sendfile(SSL_get_wfd(s), fd, offset, size, flags);
 | 
						|
    if (ret < 0) {
 | 
						|
#if defined(EAGAIN) && defined(EINTR) && defined(EBUSY)
 | 
						|
        if ((get_last_sys_error() == EAGAIN) ||
 | 
						|
            (get_last_sys_error() == EINTR) ||
 | 
						|
            (get_last_sys_error() == EBUSY))
 | 
						|
            BIO_set_retry_write(sc->wbio);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise_data(ERR_LIB_SYS, get_last_sys_error(),
 | 
						|
                           "ktls_sendfile failure");
 | 
						|
        return ret;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sc->rwstate = SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_write(SSL *s, const void *buf, int num)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret;
 | 
						|
    size_t written;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (num < 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = ssl_write_internal(s, buf, (size_t)num, 0, &written);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * The cast is safe here because ret should be <= INT_MAX because num is
 | 
						|
     * <= INT_MAX
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (ret > 0)
 | 
						|
        ret = (int)written;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_write_ex(SSL *s, const void *buf, size_t num, size_t *written)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return SSL_write_ex2(s, buf, num, 0, written);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_write_ex2(SSL *s, const void *buf, size_t num, uint64_t flags,
 | 
						|
                  size_t *written)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = ssl_write_internal(s, buf, num, flags, written);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ret < 0)
 | 
						|
        ret = 0;
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_write_early_data(SSL *s, const void *buf, size_t num, size_t *written)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret, early_data_state;
 | 
						|
    size_t writtmp;
 | 
						|
    uint32_t partialwrite;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* TODO(QUIC 0RTT): This will need special handling for QUIC */
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (sc->early_data_state) {
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_NONE:
 | 
						|
        if (sc->server
 | 
						|
                || !SSL_in_before(s)
 | 
						|
                || ((sc->session == NULL || sc->session->ext.max_early_data == 0)
 | 
						|
                     && (sc->psk_use_session_cb == NULL))) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_CONNECT_RETRY:
 | 
						|
        sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_CONNECTING;
 | 
						|
        ret = SSL_connect(s);
 | 
						|
        if (ret <= 0) {
 | 
						|
            /* NBIO or error */
 | 
						|
            sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_CONNECT_RETRY;
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_WRITE_RETRY:
 | 
						|
        sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_WRITING;
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * We disable partial write for early data because we don't keep track
 | 
						|
         * of how many bytes we've written between the SSL_write_ex() call and
 | 
						|
         * the flush if the flush needs to be retried)
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        partialwrite = sc->mode & SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE;
 | 
						|
        sc->mode &= ~SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE;
 | 
						|
        ret = SSL_write_ex(s, buf, num, &writtmp);
 | 
						|
        sc->mode |= partialwrite;
 | 
						|
        if (!ret) {
 | 
						|
            sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_WRITE_RETRY;
 | 
						|
            return ret;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_WRITE_FLUSH;
 | 
						|
        /* fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_WRITE_FLUSH:
 | 
						|
        /* The buffering BIO is still in place so we need to flush it */
 | 
						|
        if (statem_flush(sc) != 1)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        *written = num;
 | 
						|
        sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_WRITE_RETRY;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_FINISHED_READING:
 | 
						|
    case SSL_EARLY_DATA_READ_RETRY:
 | 
						|
        early_data_state = sc->early_data_state;
 | 
						|
        /* We are a server writing to an unauthenticated client */
 | 
						|
        sc->early_data_state = SSL_EARLY_DATA_UNAUTH_WRITING;
 | 
						|
        ret = SSL_write_ex(s, buf, num, written);
 | 
						|
        /* The buffering BIO is still in place */
 | 
						|
        if (ret)
 | 
						|
            (void)BIO_flush(sc->wbio);
 | 
						|
        sc->early_data_state = early_data_state;
 | 
						|
        return ret;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_shutdown(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Note that this function behaves differently from what one might
 | 
						|
     * expect.  Return values are 0 for no success (yet), 1 for success; but
 | 
						|
     * calling it once is usually not enough, even if blocking I/O is used
 | 
						|
     * (see ssl3_shutdown).
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_conn_shutdown(s, 0, NULL, 0);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_in_init(s)) {
 | 
						|
        if ((sc->mode & SSL_MODE_ASYNC) && ASYNC_get_current_job() == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            struct ssl_async_args args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            memset(&args, 0, sizeof(args));
 | 
						|
            args.s = s;
 | 
						|
            args.type = OTHERFUNC;
 | 
						|
            args.f.func_other = s->method->ssl_shutdown;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            return ssl_start_async_job(s, &args, ssl_io_intern);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            return s->method->ssl_shutdown(s);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_SHUTDOWN_WHILE_IN_INIT);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_key_update(SSL *s, int updatetype)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_key_update(s, updatetype);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_CONNECTION_IS_TLS13(sc)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (updatetype != SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED
 | 
						|
            && updatetype != SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_INVALID_KEY_UPDATE_TYPE);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_is_init_finished(s)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_STILL_IN_INIT);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (RECORD_LAYER_write_pending(&sc->rlayer)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ossl_statem_set_in_init(sc, 1);
 | 
						|
    sc->key_update = updatetype;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_key_update_type(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_get_key_update_type(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->key_update;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Can we accept a renegotiation request?  If yes, set the flag and
 | 
						|
 * return 1 if yes. If not, raise error and return 0.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int can_renegotiate(const SSL_CONNECTION *sc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_CONNECTION_IS_TLS13(sc)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((sc->options & SSL_OP_NO_RENEGOTIATION) != 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!can_renegotiate(sc))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->renegotiate = 1;
 | 
						|
    sc->new_session = 1;
 | 
						|
    return s->method->ssl_renegotiate(s);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_renegotiate_abbreviated(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!can_renegotiate(sc))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->renegotiate = 1;
 | 
						|
    sc->new_session = 0;
 | 
						|
    return s->method->ssl_renegotiate(s);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_renegotiate_pending(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * becomes true when negotiation is requested; false again once a
 | 
						|
     * handshake has finished
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    return (sc->renegotiate != 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_new_session_ticket(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If we are in init because we're sending tickets, okay to send more. */
 | 
						|
    if ((SSL_in_init(s) && sc->ext.extra_tickets_expected == 0)
 | 
						|
            || SSL_IS_FIRST_HANDSHAKE(sc) || !sc->server
 | 
						|
            || !SSL_CONNECTION_IS_TLS13(sc))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    sc->ext.extra_tickets_expected++;
 | 
						|
    if (!RECORD_LAYER_write_pending(&sc->rlayer) && !SSL_in_init(s))
 | 
						|
        ossl_statem_set_in_init(sc, 1);
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
long SSL_ctrl(SSL *s, int cmd, long larg, void *parg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ossl_ctrl_internal(s, cmd, larg, parg, /*no_quic=*/0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
long ossl_ctrl_internal(SSL *s, int cmd, long larg, void *parg, int no_quic)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    long l;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Routing of ctrl calls for QUIC is a little counterintuitive:
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     *   - Firstly (no_quic=0), we pass the ctrl directly to our QUIC
 | 
						|
     *     implementation in case it wants to handle the ctrl specially.
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     *   - If our QUIC implementation does not care about the ctrl, it
 | 
						|
     *     will reenter this function with no_quic=1 and we will try to handle
 | 
						|
     *     it directly using the QCSO SSL object stub (not the handshake layer
 | 
						|
     *     SSL object). This is important for e.g. the version configuration
 | 
						|
     *     ctrls below, which must use s->defltmeth (and not sc->defltmeth).
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     *   - If we don't handle a ctrl here specially, then processing is
 | 
						|
     *     redirected to the handshake layer SSL object.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (!no_quic && IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return s->method->ssl_ctrl(s, cmd, larg, parg);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (cmd) {
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD:
 | 
						|
        return RECORD_LAYER_get_read_ahead(&sc->rlayer);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD:
 | 
						|
        l = RECORD_LAYER_get_read_ahead(&sc->rlayer);
 | 
						|
        RECORD_LAYER_set_read_ahead(&sc->rlayer, larg);
 | 
						|
        return l;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_MODE:
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        OSSL_PARAM options[2], *opts = options;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        sc->mode |= larg;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        *opts++ = OSSL_PARAM_construct_uint32(OSSL_LIBSSL_RECORD_LAYER_PARAM_MODE,
 | 
						|
                                              &sc->mode);
 | 
						|
        *opts = OSSL_PARAM_construct_end();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Ignore return value */
 | 
						|
        sc->rlayer.rrlmethod->set_options(sc->rlayer.rrl, options);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        return sc->mode;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE:
 | 
						|
        return (sc->mode &= ~larg);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST:
 | 
						|
        return (long)sc->max_cert_list;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST:
 | 
						|
        if (larg < 0)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        l = (long)sc->max_cert_list;
 | 
						|
        sc->max_cert_list = (size_t)larg;
 | 
						|
        return l;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT:
 | 
						|
        if (larg < 512 || larg > SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_KTLS
 | 
						|
        if (sc->wbio != NULL && BIO_get_ktls_send(sc->wbio))
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif /* OPENSSL_NO_KTLS */
 | 
						|
        sc->max_send_fragment = larg;
 | 
						|
        if (sc->max_send_fragment < sc->split_send_fragment)
 | 
						|
            sc->split_send_fragment = sc->max_send_fragment;
 | 
						|
        sc->rlayer.wrlmethod->set_max_frag_len(sc->rlayer.wrl, larg);
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_SPLIT_SEND_FRAGMENT:
 | 
						|
        if ((size_t)larg > sc->max_send_fragment || larg == 0)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        sc->split_send_fragment = larg;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PIPELINES:
 | 
						|
        if (larg < 1 || larg > SSL_MAX_PIPELINES)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        sc->max_pipelines = larg;
 | 
						|
        if (sc->rlayer.rrlmethod->set_max_pipelines != NULL)
 | 
						|
            sc->rlayer.rrlmethod->set_max_pipelines(sc->rlayer.rrl, (size_t)larg);
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT:
 | 
						|
        return sc->s3.send_connection_binding;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_RETRY_VERIFY:
 | 
						|
        sc->rwstate = SSL_RETRY_VERIFY;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_CERT_FLAGS:
 | 
						|
        return (sc->cert->cert_flags |= larg);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_CERT_FLAGS:
 | 
						|
        return (sc->cert->cert_flags &= ~larg);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_RAW_CIPHERLIST:
 | 
						|
        if (parg) {
 | 
						|
            if (sc->s3.tmp.ciphers_raw == NULL)
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            *(unsigned char **)parg = sc->s3.tmp.ciphers_raw;
 | 
						|
            return (int)sc->s3.tmp.ciphers_rawlen;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            return TLS_CIPHER_LEN;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTMS_SUPPORT:
 | 
						|
        if (!sc->session || SSL_in_init(s) || ossl_statem_get_in_handshake(sc))
 | 
						|
            return -1;
 | 
						|
        if (sc->session->flags & SSL_SESS_FLAG_EXTMS)
 | 
						|
            return 1;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_check_allowed_versions(larg, sc->max_proto_version)
 | 
						|
               && ssl_set_version_bound(s->defltmeth->version, (int)larg,
 | 
						|
                                        &sc->min_proto_version);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return sc->min_proto_version;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_check_allowed_versions(sc->min_proto_version, larg)
 | 
						|
               && ssl_set_version_bound(s->defltmeth->version, (int)larg,
 | 
						|
                                        &sc->max_proto_version);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return sc->max_proto_version;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
            return SSL_ctrl((SSL *)sc, cmd, larg, parg);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            return s->method->ssl_ctrl(s, cmd, larg, parg);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
long SSL_callback_ctrl(SSL *s, int cmd, void (*fp) (void))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return s->method->ssl_callback_ctrl(s, cmd, fp);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) *SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->sessions;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_tsan_load(SSL_CTX *ctx, TSAN_QUALIFIER int *stat)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int res = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ssl_tsan_lock(ctx)) {
 | 
						|
        res = tsan_load(stat);
 | 
						|
        ssl_tsan_unlock(ctx);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return res;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
long SSL_CTX_ctrl(SSL_CTX *ctx, int cmd, long larg, void *parg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    long l;
 | 
						|
    /* For some cases with ctx == NULL perform syntax checks */
 | 
						|
    if (ctx == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        switch (cmd) {
 | 
						|
        case SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST:
 | 
						|
            return tls1_set_groups_list(ctx, NULL, NULL, parg);
 | 
						|
        case SSL_CTRL_SET_SIGALGS_LIST:
 | 
						|
        case SSL_CTRL_SET_CLIENT_SIGALGS_LIST:
 | 
						|
            return tls1_set_sigalgs_list(ctx, NULL, parg, 0);
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (cmd) {
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD:
 | 
						|
        return ctx->read_ahead;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD:
 | 
						|
        l = ctx->read_ahead;
 | 
						|
        ctx->read_ahead = larg;
 | 
						|
        return l;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG:
 | 
						|
        ctx->msg_callback_arg = parg;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST:
 | 
						|
        return (long)ctx->max_cert_list;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST:
 | 
						|
        if (larg < 0)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        l = (long)ctx->max_cert_list;
 | 
						|
        ctx->max_cert_list = (size_t)larg;
 | 
						|
        return l;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE:
 | 
						|
        if (larg < 0)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        l = (long)ctx->session_cache_size;
 | 
						|
        ctx->session_cache_size = (size_t)larg;
 | 
						|
        return l;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE:
 | 
						|
        return (long)ctx->session_cache_size;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE:
 | 
						|
        l = ctx->session_cache_mode;
 | 
						|
        ctx->session_cache_mode = larg;
 | 
						|
        return l;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE:
 | 
						|
        return ctx->session_cache_mode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
        return lh_SSL_SESSION_num_items(ctx->sessions);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_connect);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_GOOD:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_connect_good);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_CONNECT_RENEGOTIATE:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_connect_renegotiate);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_accept);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_GOOD:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_accept_good);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_ACCEPT_RENEGOTIATE:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_accept_renegotiate);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_HIT:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_hit);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_CB_HIT:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_cb_hit);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_MISSES:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_miss);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_TIMEOUTS:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_timeout);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SESS_CACHE_FULL:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_tsan_load(ctx, &ctx->stats.sess_cache_full);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_MODE:
 | 
						|
        return (ctx->mode |= larg);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE:
 | 
						|
        return (ctx->mode &= ~larg);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT:
 | 
						|
        if (larg < 512 || larg > SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        ctx->max_send_fragment = larg;
 | 
						|
        if (ctx->max_send_fragment < ctx->split_send_fragment)
 | 
						|
            ctx->split_send_fragment = ctx->max_send_fragment;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_SPLIT_SEND_FRAGMENT:
 | 
						|
        if ((size_t)larg > ctx->max_send_fragment || larg == 0)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        ctx->split_send_fragment = larg;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PIPELINES:
 | 
						|
        if (larg < 1 || larg > SSL_MAX_PIPELINES)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        ctx->max_pipelines = larg;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_CERT_FLAGS:
 | 
						|
        return (ctx->cert->cert_flags |= larg);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_CERT_FLAGS:
 | 
						|
        return (ctx->cert->cert_flags &= ~larg);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_check_allowed_versions(larg, ctx->max_proto_version)
 | 
						|
               && ssl_set_version_bound(ctx->method->version, (int)larg,
 | 
						|
                                        &ctx->min_proto_version);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_MIN_PROTO_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return ctx->min_proto_version;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return ssl_check_allowed_versions(ctx->min_proto_version, larg)
 | 
						|
               && ssl_set_version_bound(ctx->method->version, (int)larg,
 | 
						|
                                        &ctx->max_proto_version);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_PROTO_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return ctx->max_proto_version;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        return ctx->method->ssl_ctx_ctrl(ctx, cmd, larg, parg);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
long SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(SSL_CTX *ctx, int cmd, void (*fp) (void))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    switch (cmd) {
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK:
 | 
						|
        ctx->msg_callback = (void (*)
 | 
						|
                             (int write_p, int version, int content_type,
 | 
						|
                              const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl,
 | 
						|
                              void *arg))(fp);
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        return ctx->method->ssl_ctx_callback_ctrl(ctx, cmd, fp);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_cipher_id_cmp(const SSL_CIPHER *a, const SSL_CIPHER *b)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (a->id > b->id)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    if (a->id < b->id)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_cipher_ptr_id_cmp(const SSL_CIPHER *const *ap,
 | 
						|
                          const SSL_CIPHER *const *bp)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if ((*ap)->id > (*bp)->id)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    if ((*ap)->id < (*bp)->id)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * return a STACK of the ciphers available for the SSL and in order of
 | 
						|
 * preference
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        if (sc->cipher_list != NULL) {
 | 
						|
            return sc->cipher_list;
 | 
						|
        } else if ((s->ctx != NULL) && (s->ctx->cipher_list != NULL)) {
 | 
						|
            return s->ctx->cipher_list;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_client_ciphers(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || !sc->server)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    return sc->peer_ciphers;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get1_supported_ciphers(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *sk = NULL, *ciphers;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ciphers = SSL_get_ciphers(s);
 | 
						|
    if (!ciphers)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_set_client_disabled(sc))
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(ciphers); i++) {
 | 
						|
        const SSL_CIPHER *c = sk_SSL_CIPHER_value(ciphers, i);
 | 
						|
        if (!ssl_cipher_disabled(sc, c, SSL_SECOP_CIPHER_SUPPORTED, 0)) {
 | 
						|
            if (!sk)
 | 
						|
                sk = sk_SSL_CIPHER_new_null();
 | 
						|
            if (!sk)
 | 
						|
                return NULL;
 | 
						|
            if (!sk_SSL_CIPHER_push(sk, c)) {
 | 
						|
                sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(sk);
 | 
						|
                return NULL;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return sk;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** return a STACK of the ciphers available for the SSL and in order of
 | 
						|
 * algorithm id */
 | 
						|
STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *ssl_get_ciphers_by_id(SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (s != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        if (s->cipher_list_by_id != NULL)
 | 
						|
            return s->cipher_list_by_id;
 | 
						|
        else if (s->ssl.ctx != NULL
 | 
						|
                 && s->ssl.ctx->cipher_list_by_id != NULL)
 | 
						|
            return s->ssl.ctx->cipher_list_by_id;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** The old interface to get the same thing as SSL_get_ciphers() */
 | 
						|
const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *s, int n)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CIPHER *c;
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *sk;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    sk = SSL_get_ciphers(s);
 | 
						|
    if ((sk == NULL) || (sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(sk) <= n))
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    c = sk_SSL_CIPHER_value(sk, n);
 | 
						|
    if (c == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    return c->name;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** return a STACK of the ciphers available for the SSL_CTX and in order of
 | 
						|
 * preference */
 | 
						|
STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_CTX_get_ciphers(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (ctx != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return ctx->cipher_list;
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Distinguish between ciphers controlled by set_ciphersuite() and
 | 
						|
 * set_cipher_list() when counting.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int cipher_list_tls12_num(STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *sk)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i, num = 0;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CIPHER *c;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sk == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(sk); ++i) {
 | 
						|
        c = sk_SSL_CIPHER_value(sk, i);
 | 
						|
        if (c->min_tls >= TLS1_3_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
        num++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return num;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** specify the ciphers to be used by default by the SSL_CTX */
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *sk;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sk = ssl_create_cipher_list(ctx, ctx->tls13_ciphersuites,
 | 
						|
                                &ctx->cipher_list, &ctx->cipher_list_by_id, str,
 | 
						|
                                ctx->cert);
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * ssl_create_cipher_list may return an empty stack if it was unable to
 | 
						|
     * find a cipher matching the given rule string (for example if the rule
 | 
						|
     * string specifies a cipher which has been disabled). This is not an
 | 
						|
     * error as far as ssl_create_cipher_list is concerned, and hence
 | 
						|
     * ctx->cipher_list and ctx->cipher_list_by_id has been updated.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (sk == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    else if (cipher_list_tls12_num(sk) == 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/** specify the ciphers to be used by the SSL */
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *s, const char *str)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *sk;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sk = ssl_create_cipher_list(s->ctx, sc->tls13_ciphersuites,
 | 
						|
                                &sc->cipher_list, &sc->cipher_list_by_id, str,
 | 
						|
                                sc->cert);
 | 
						|
    /* see comment in SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list */
 | 
						|
    if (sk == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    else if (cipher_list_tls12_num(sk) == 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
char *SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *s, char *buf, int size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    char *p;
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *clntsk, *srvrsk;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CIPHER *c;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!sc->server
 | 
						|
            || sc->peer_ciphers == NULL
 | 
						|
            || size < 2)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    p = buf;
 | 
						|
    clntsk = sc->peer_ciphers;
 | 
						|
    srvrsk = SSL_get_ciphers(s);
 | 
						|
    if (clntsk == NULL || srvrsk == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(clntsk) == 0 || sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(srvrsk) == 0)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(clntsk); i++) {
 | 
						|
        int n;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        c = sk_SSL_CIPHER_value(clntsk, i);
 | 
						|
        if (sk_SSL_CIPHER_find(srvrsk, c) < 0)
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        n = OPENSSL_strnlen(c->name, size);
 | 
						|
        if (n >= size) {
 | 
						|
            if (p != buf)
 | 
						|
                --p;
 | 
						|
            *p = '\0';
 | 
						|
            return buf;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        memcpy(p, c->name, n);
 | 
						|
        p += n;
 | 
						|
        *(p++) = ':';
 | 
						|
        size -= n + 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    p[-1] = '\0';
 | 
						|
    return buf;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * Return the requested servername (SNI) value. Note that the behaviour varies
 | 
						|
 * depending on:
 | 
						|
 * - whether this is called by the client or the server,
 | 
						|
 * - if we are before or during/after the handshake,
 | 
						|
 * - if a resumption or normal handshake is being attempted/has occurred
 | 
						|
 * - whether we have negotiated TLSv1.2 (or below) or TLSv1.3
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Note that only the host_name type is defined (RFC 3546).
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *s, const int type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
    int server;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If we don't know if we are the client or the server yet then we assume
 | 
						|
     * client.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    server = sc->handshake_func == NULL ? 0 : sc->server;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (type != TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (server) {
 | 
						|
        /**
 | 
						|
         * Server side
 | 
						|
         * In TLSv1.3 on the server SNI is not associated with the session
 | 
						|
         * but in TLSv1.2 or below it is.
 | 
						|
         *
 | 
						|
         * Before the handshake:
 | 
						|
         *  - return NULL
 | 
						|
         *
 | 
						|
         * During/after the handshake (TLSv1.2 or below resumption occurred):
 | 
						|
         * - If a servername was accepted by the server in the original
 | 
						|
         *   handshake then it will return that servername, or NULL otherwise.
 | 
						|
         *
 | 
						|
         * During/after the handshake (TLSv1.2 or below resumption did not occur):
 | 
						|
         * - The function will return the servername requested by the client in
 | 
						|
         *   this handshake or NULL if none was requested.
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
         if (sc->hit && !SSL_CONNECTION_IS_TLS13(sc))
 | 
						|
            return sc->session->ext.hostname;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        /**
 | 
						|
         * Client side
 | 
						|
         *
 | 
						|
         * Before the handshake:
 | 
						|
         *  - If a servername has been set via a call to
 | 
						|
         *    SSL_set_tlsext_host_name() then it will return that servername
 | 
						|
         *  - If one has not been set, but a TLSv1.2 resumption is being
 | 
						|
         *    attempted and the session from the original handshake had a
 | 
						|
         *    servername accepted by the server then it will return that
 | 
						|
         *    servername
 | 
						|
         *  - Otherwise it returns NULL
 | 
						|
         *
 | 
						|
         * During/after the handshake (TLSv1.2 or below resumption occurred):
 | 
						|
         * - If the session from the original handshake had a servername accepted
 | 
						|
         *   by the server then it will return that servername.
 | 
						|
         * - Otherwise it returns the servername set via
 | 
						|
         *   SSL_set_tlsext_host_name() (or NULL if it was not called).
 | 
						|
         *
 | 
						|
         * During/after the handshake (TLSv1.2 or below resumption did not occur):
 | 
						|
         * - It will return the servername set via SSL_set_tlsext_host_name()
 | 
						|
         *   (or NULL if it was not called).
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        if (SSL_in_before(s)) {
 | 
						|
            if (sc->ext.hostname == NULL
 | 
						|
                    && sc->session != NULL
 | 
						|
                    && sc->session->ssl_version != TLS1_3_VERSION)
 | 
						|
                return sc->session->ext.hostname;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            if (!SSL_CONNECTION_IS_TLS13(sc) && sc->hit
 | 
						|
                && sc->session->ext.hostname != NULL)
 | 
						|
                return sc->session->ext.hostname;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->ext.hostname;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_get_servername(s, TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name) != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name;
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection. It is
 | 
						|
 * expected that this function is called from the callback set by
 | 
						|
 * SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb. The protocol data is assumed to be a
 | 
						|
 * vector of 8-bit, length prefixed byte strings. The length byte itself is
 | 
						|
 * not included in the length. A byte string of length 0 is invalid. No byte
 | 
						|
 * string may be truncated. The current, but experimental algorithm for
 | 
						|
 * selecting the protocol is: 1) If the server doesn't support NPN then this
 | 
						|
 * is indicated to the callback. In this case, the client application has to
 | 
						|
 * abort the connection or have a default application level protocol. 2) If
 | 
						|
 * the server supports NPN, but advertises an empty list then the client
 | 
						|
 * selects the first protocol in its list, but indicates via the API that this
 | 
						|
 * fallback case was enacted. 3) Otherwise, the client finds the first
 | 
						|
 * protocol in the server's list that it supports and selects this protocol.
 | 
						|
 * This is because it's assumed that the server has better information about
 | 
						|
 * which protocol a client should use. 4) If the client doesn't support any
 | 
						|
 * of the server's advertised protocols, then this is treated the same as
 | 
						|
 * case 2. It returns either OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED if a common protocol was
 | 
						|
 * found, or OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP if the fallback case was reached.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int SSL_select_next_proto(unsigned char **out, unsigned char *outlen,
 | 
						|
                          const unsigned char *server,
 | 
						|
                          unsigned int server_len,
 | 
						|
                          const unsigned char *client, unsigned int client_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned int i, j;
 | 
						|
    const unsigned char *result;
 | 
						|
    int status = OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * For each protocol in server preference order, see if we support it.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < server_len;) {
 | 
						|
        for (j = 0; j < client_len;) {
 | 
						|
            if (server[i] == client[j] &&
 | 
						|
                memcmp(&server[i + 1], &client[j + 1], server[i]) == 0) {
 | 
						|
                /* We found a match */
 | 
						|
                result = &server[i];
 | 
						|
                status = OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED;
 | 
						|
                goto found;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            j += client[j];
 | 
						|
            j++;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        i += server[i];
 | 
						|
        i++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* There's no overlap between our protocols and the server's list. */
 | 
						|
    result = client;
 | 
						|
    status = OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 found:
 | 
						|
    *out = (unsigned char *)result + 1;
 | 
						|
    *outlen = result[0];
 | 
						|
    return status;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_NEXTPROTONEG
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets *data and *len to point to the
 | 
						|
 * client's requested protocol for this connection and returns 0. If the
 | 
						|
 * client didn't request any protocol, then *data is set to NULL. Note that
 | 
						|
 * the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned from
 | 
						|
 * this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols
 | 
						|
 * provided by the callback.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *s, const unsigned char **data,
 | 
						|
                                    unsigned *len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /* We have no other way to indicate error */
 | 
						|
        *data = NULL;
 | 
						|
        *len = 0;
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *data = sc->ext.npn;
 | 
						|
    if (*data == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        *len = 0;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        *len = (unsigned int)sc->ext.npn_len;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SSL_CTX_set_npn_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when
 | 
						|
 * a TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol
 | 
						|
 * Negotiation. The returned list must be in wire format.  The list is
 | 
						|
 * returned by setting |out| to point to it and |outlen| to its length. This
 | 
						|
 * memory will not be modified, but one should assume that the SSL* keeps a
 | 
						|
 * reference to it. The callback should return SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK if it
 | 
						|
 * wishes to advertise. Otherwise, no such extension will be included in the
 | 
						|
 * ServerHello.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_npn_advertised_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                   SSL_CTX_npn_advertised_cb_func cb,
 | 
						|
                                   void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC_CTX(ctx))
 | 
						|
        /* NPN not allowed for QUIC */
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ctx->ext.npn_advertised_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
    ctx->ext.npn_advertised_cb_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a
 | 
						|
 * client needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list. |out|
 | 
						|
 * must be set to point to the selected protocol (which may be within |in|).
 | 
						|
 * The length of the protocol name must be written into |outlen|. The
 | 
						|
 * server's advertised protocols are provided in |in| and |inlen|. The
 | 
						|
 * callback can assume that |in| is syntactically valid. The client must
 | 
						|
 * select a protocol. It is fatal to the connection if this callback returns
 | 
						|
 * a value other than SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_npn_select_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                               SSL_CTX_npn_select_cb_func cb,
 | 
						|
                               void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC_CTX(ctx))
 | 
						|
        /* NPN not allowed for QUIC */
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ctx->ext.npn_select_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
    ctx->ext.npn_select_cb_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int alpn_value_ok(const unsigned char *protos, unsigned int protos_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned int idx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (protos_len < 2 || protos == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (idx = 0; idx < protos_len; idx += protos[idx] + 1) {
 | 
						|
        if (protos[idx] == 0)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return idx == protos_len;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to |protos|.
 | 
						|
 * |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit
 | 
						|
 * length-prefixed strings). Returns 0 on success.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *protos,
 | 
						|
                            unsigned int protos_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned char *alpn;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (protos_len == 0 || protos == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(ctx->ext.alpn);
 | 
						|
        ctx->ext.alpn = NULL;
 | 
						|
        ctx->ext.alpn_len = 0;
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* Not valid per RFC */
 | 
						|
    if (!alpn_value_ok(protos, protos_len))
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    alpn = OPENSSL_memdup(protos, protos_len);
 | 
						|
    if (alpn == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(ctx->ext.alpn);
 | 
						|
    ctx->ext.alpn = alpn;
 | 
						|
    ctx->ext.alpn_len = protos_len;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|.
 | 
						|
 * |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit
 | 
						|
 * length-prefixed strings). Returns 0 on success.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const unsigned char *protos,
 | 
						|
                        unsigned int protos_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned char *alpn;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (protos_len == 0 || protos == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(sc->ext.alpn);
 | 
						|
        sc->ext.alpn = NULL;
 | 
						|
        sc->ext.alpn_len = 0;
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* Not valid per RFC */
 | 
						|
    if (!alpn_value_ok(protos, protos_len))
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    alpn = OPENSSL_memdup(protos, protos_len);
 | 
						|
    if (alpn == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(sc->ext.alpn);
 | 
						|
    sc->ext.alpn = alpn;
 | 
						|
    sc->ext.alpn_len = protos_len;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is
 | 
						|
 * called during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol
 | 
						|
 * from the client's list of offered protocols.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                SSL_CTX_alpn_select_cb_func cb,
 | 
						|
                                void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->ext.alpn_select_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
    ctx->ext.alpn_select_cb_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|.
 | 
						|
 * On return it sets |*data| to point to |*len| bytes of protocol name
 | 
						|
 * (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't
 | 
						|
 * respond with a negotiated protocol then |*len| will be zero.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl, const unsigned char **data,
 | 
						|
                            unsigned int *len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /* We have no other way to indicate error */
 | 
						|
        *data = NULL;
 | 
						|
        *len = 0;
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *data = sc->s3.alpn_selected;
 | 
						|
    if (*data == NULL)
 | 
						|
        *len = 0;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        *len = (unsigned int)sc->s3.alpn_selected_len;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_export_keying_material(SSL *s, unsigned char *out, size_t olen,
 | 
						|
                               const char *label, size_t llen,
 | 
						|
                               const unsigned char *context, size_t contextlen,
 | 
						|
                               int use_context)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->session == NULL
 | 
						|
        || (sc->version < TLS1_VERSION && sc->version != DTLS1_BAD_VER))
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->ssl.method->ssl3_enc->export_keying_material(sc, out, olen, label,
 | 
						|
                                                            llen, context,
 | 
						|
                                                            contextlen,
 | 
						|
                                                            use_context);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_export_keying_material_early(SSL *s, unsigned char *out, size_t olen,
 | 
						|
                                     const char *label, size_t llen,
 | 
						|
                                     const unsigned char *context,
 | 
						|
                                     size_t contextlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->version != TLS1_3_VERSION)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return tls13_export_keying_material_early(sc, out, olen, label, llen,
 | 
						|
                                              context, contextlen);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static unsigned long ssl_session_hash(const SSL_SESSION *a)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const unsigned char *session_id = a->session_id;
 | 
						|
    unsigned long l;
 | 
						|
    unsigned char tmp_storage[4];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (a->session_id_length < sizeof(tmp_storage)) {
 | 
						|
        memset(tmp_storage, 0, sizeof(tmp_storage));
 | 
						|
        memcpy(tmp_storage, a->session_id, a->session_id_length);
 | 
						|
        session_id = tmp_storage;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    l = (unsigned long)
 | 
						|
        ((unsigned long)session_id[0]) |
 | 
						|
        ((unsigned long)session_id[1] << 8L) |
 | 
						|
        ((unsigned long)session_id[2] << 16L) |
 | 
						|
        ((unsigned long)session_id[3] << 24L);
 | 
						|
    return l;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * NB: If this function (or indeed the hash function which uses a sort of
 | 
						|
 * coarser function than this one) is changed, ensure
 | 
						|
 * SSL_CTX_has_matching_session_id() is checked accordingly. It relies on
 | 
						|
 * being able to construct an SSL_SESSION that will collide with any existing
 | 
						|
 * session with a matching session ID.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int ssl_session_cmp(const SSL_SESSION *a, const SSL_SESSION *b)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (a->ssl_version != b->ssl_version)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    if (a->session_id_length != b->session_id_length)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    return memcmp(a->session_id, b->session_id, a->session_id_length);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * These wrapper functions should remain rather than redeclaring
 | 
						|
 * SSL_SESSION_hash and SSL_SESSION_cmp for void* types and casting each
 | 
						|
 * variable. The reason is that the functions aren't static, they're exposed
 | 
						|
 * via ssl.h.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new_ex(OSSL_LIB_CTX *libctx, const char *propq,
 | 
						|
                        const SSL_METHOD *meth)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX *ret = NULL;
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP_ALG
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (meth == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED);
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!OPENSSL_init_ssl(OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS, NULL))
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Doing this for the run once effect */
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx() < 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = OPENSSL_zalloc(sizeof(*ret));
 | 
						|
    if (ret == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Init the reference counting before any call to SSL_CTX_free */
 | 
						|
    if (!CRYPTO_NEW_REF(&ret->references, 1)) {
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(ret);
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret->lock = CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_new();
 | 
						|
    if (ret->lock == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef TSAN_REQUIRES_LOCKING
 | 
						|
    ret->tsan_lock = CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_new();
 | 
						|
    if (ret->tsan_lock == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret->libctx = libctx;
 | 
						|
    if (propq != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ret->propq = OPENSSL_strdup(propq);
 | 
						|
        if (ret->propq == NULL)
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret->method = meth;
 | 
						|
    ret->min_proto_version = 0;
 | 
						|
    ret->max_proto_version = 0;
 | 
						|
    ret->mode = SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY;
 | 
						|
    ret->session_cache_mode = SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER;
 | 
						|
    ret->session_cache_size = SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT;
 | 
						|
    /* We take the system default. */
 | 
						|
    ret->session_timeout = meth->get_timeout();
 | 
						|
    ret->max_cert_list = SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT;
 | 
						|
    ret->verify_mode = SSL_VERIFY_NONE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret->sessions = lh_SSL_SESSION_new(ssl_session_hash, ssl_session_cmp);
 | 
						|
    if (ret->sessions == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ret->cert_store = X509_STORE_new();
 | 
						|
    if (ret->cert_store == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_X509_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CT
 | 
						|
    ret->ctlog_store = CTLOG_STORE_new_ex(libctx, propq);
 | 
						|
    if (ret->ctlog_store == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CT_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* initialize cipher/digest methods table */
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_load_ciphers(ret)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SSL_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_load_groups(ret)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SSL_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* load provider sigalgs */
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_load_sigalgs(ret)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SSL_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* initialise sig algs */
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_setup_sigalgs(ret)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SSL_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_CTX_set_ciphersuites(ret, OSSL_default_ciphersuites())) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SSL_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((ret->cert = ssl_cert_new(SSL_PKEY_NUM + ret->sigalg_list_len)) == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SSL_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_create_cipher_list(ret,
 | 
						|
                                ret->tls13_ciphersuites,
 | 
						|
                                &ret->cipher_list, &ret->cipher_list_by_id,
 | 
						|
                                OSSL_default_cipher_list(), ret->cert)
 | 
						|
        || sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(ret->cipher_list) <= 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret->param = X509_VERIFY_PARAM_new();
 | 
						|
    if (ret->param == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_X509_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If these aren't available from the provider we'll get NULL returns.
 | 
						|
     * That's fine but will cause errors later if SSLv3 is negotiated
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    ret->md5 = ssl_evp_md_fetch(libctx, NID_md5, propq);
 | 
						|
    ret->sha1 = ssl_evp_md_fetch(libctx, NID_sha1, propq);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((ret->ca_names = sk_X509_NAME_new_null()) == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((ret->client_ca_names = sk_X509_NAME_new_null()) == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!CRYPTO_new_ex_data(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL_CTX, ret, &ret->ex_data)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((ret->ext.secure = OPENSSL_secure_zalloc(sizeof(*ret->ext.secure))) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* No compression for DTLS */
 | 
						|
    if (!(meth->ssl3_enc->enc_flags & SSL_ENC_FLAG_DTLS))
 | 
						|
        ret->comp_methods = SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret->max_send_fragment = SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH;
 | 
						|
    ret->split_send_fragment = SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Setup RFC5077 ticket keys */
 | 
						|
    if ((RAND_bytes_ex(libctx, ret->ext.tick_key_name,
 | 
						|
                       sizeof(ret->ext.tick_key_name), 0) <= 0)
 | 
						|
        || (RAND_priv_bytes_ex(libctx, ret->ext.secure->tick_hmac_key,
 | 
						|
                               sizeof(ret->ext.secure->tick_hmac_key), 0) <= 0)
 | 
						|
        || (RAND_priv_bytes_ex(libctx, ret->ext.secure->tick_aes_key,
 | 
						|
                               sizeof(ret->ext.secure->tick_aes_key), 0) <= 0))
 | 
						|
        ret->options |= SSL_OP_NO_TICKET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (RAND_priv_bytes_ex(libctx, ret->ext.cookie_hmac_key,
 | 
						|
                           sizeof(ret->ext.cookie_hmac_key), 0) <= 0) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_RAND_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_ctx_srp_ctx_init_intern(ret)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SSL_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE
 | 
						|
# ifdef OPENSSL_SSL_CLIENT_ENGINE_AUTO
 | 
						|
#  define eng_strx(x)     #x
 | 
						|
#  define eng_str(x)      eng_strx(x)
 | 
						|
    /* Use specific client engine automatically... ignore errors */
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        ENGINE *eng;
 | 
						|
        eng = ENGINE_by_id(eng_str(OPENSSL_SSL_CLIENT_ENGINE_AUTO));
 | 
						|
        if (!eng) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_clear_error();
 | 
						|
            ENGINE_load_builtin_engines();
 | 
						|
            eng = ENGINE_by_id(eng_str(OPENSSL_SSL_CLIENT_ENGINE_AUTO));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (!eng || !SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_engine(ret, eng))
 | 
						|
            ERR_clear_error();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP_ALG
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Set the default order: brotli, zlib, zstd
 | 
						|
     * Including only those enabled algorithms
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    memset(ret->cert_comp_prefs, 0, sizeof(ret->cert_comp_prefs));
 | 
						|
    i = 0;
 | 
						|
    if (ossl_comp_has_alg(TLSEXT_comp_cert_brotli))
 | 
						|
        ret->cert_comp_prefs[i++] = TLSEXT_comp_cert_brotli;
 | 
						|
    if (ossl_comp_has_alg(TLSEXT_comp_cert_zlib))
 | 
						|
        ret->cert_comp_prefs[i++] = TLSEXT_comp_cert_zlib;
 | 
						|
    if (ossl_comp_has_alg(TLSEXT_comp_cert_zstd))
 | 
						|
        ret->cert_comp_prefs[i++] = TLSEXT_comp_cert_zstd;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Disable compression by default to prevent CRIME. Applications can
 | 
						|
     * re-enable compression by configuring
 | 
						|
     * SSL_CTX_clear_options(ctx, SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION);
 | 
						|
     * or by using the SSL_CONF library. Similarly we also enable TLSv1.3
 | 
						|
     * middlebox compatibility by default. This may be disabled by default in
 | 
						|
     * a later OpenSSL version.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    ret->options |= SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION | SSL_OP_ENABLE_MIDDLEBOX_COMPAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret->ext.status_type = TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_nothing;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * We cannot usefully set a default max_early_data here (which gets
 | 
						|
     * propagated in SSL_new(), for the following reason: setting the
 | 
						|
     * SSL field causes tls_construct_stoc_early_data() to tell the
 | 
						|
     * client that early data will be accepted when constructing a TLS 1.3
 | 
						|
     * session ticket, and the client will accordingly send us early data
 | 
						|
     * when using that ticket (if the client has early data to send).
 | 
						|
     * However, in order for the early data to actually be consumed by
 | 
						|
     * the application, the application must also have calls to
 | 
						|
     * SSL_read_early_data(); otherwise we'll just skip past the early data
 | 
						|
     * and ignore it.  So, since the application must add calls to
 | 
						|
     * SSL_read_early_data(), we also require them to add
 | 
						|
     * calls to SSL_CTX_set_max_early_data() in order to use early data,
 | 
						|
     * eliminating the bandwidth-wasting early data in the case described
 | 
						|
     * above.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    ret->max_early_data = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Default recv_max_early_data is a fully loaded single record. Could be
 | 
						|
     * split across multiple records in practice. We set this differently to
 | 
						|
     * max_early_data so that, in the default case, we do not advertise any
 | 
						|
     * support for early_data, but if a client were to send us some (e.g.
 | 
						|
     * because of an old, stale ticket) then we will tolerate it and skip over
 | 
						|
     * it.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    ret->recv_max_early_data = SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* By default we send two session tickets automatically in TLSv1.3 */
 | 
						|
    ret->num_tickets = 2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl_ctx_system_config(ret);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_free(ret);
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *meth)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return SSL_CTX_new_ex(NULL, NULL, meth);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_up_ref(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (CRYPTO_UP_REF(&ctx->references, &i) <= 0)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    REF_PRINT_COUNT("SSL_CTX", ctx);
 | 
						|
    REF_ASSERT_ISNT(i < 2);
 | 
						|
    return ((i > 1) ? 1 : 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *a)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    size_t j;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (a == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_DOWN_REF(&a->references, &i);
 | 
						|
    REF_PRINT_COUNT("SSL_CTX", a);
 | 
						|
    if (i > 0)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    REF_ASSERT_ISNT(i < 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_VERIFY_PARAM_free(a->param);
 | 
						|
    dane_ctx_final(&a->dane);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Free internal session cache. However: the remove_cb() may reference
 | 
						|
     * the ex_data of SSL_CTX, thus the ex_data store can only be removed
 | 
						|
     * after the sessions were flushed.
 | 
						|
     * As the ex_data handling routines might also touch the session cache,
 | 
						|
     * the most secure solution seems to be: empty (flush) the cache, then
 | 
						|
     * free ex_data, then finally free the cache.
 | 
						|
     * (See ticket [openssl.org #212].)
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (a->sessions != NULL)
 | 
						|
        SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(a, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_free_ex_data(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL_CTX, a, &a->ex_data);
 | 
						|
    lh_SSL_SESSION_free(a->sessions);
 | 
						|
    X509_STORE_free(a->cert_store);
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CT
 | 
						|
    CTLOG_STORE_free(a->ctlog_store);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(a->cipher_list);
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(a->cipher_list_by_id);
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(a->tls13_ciphersuites);
 | 
						|
    ssl_cert_free(a->cert);
 | 
						|
    sk_X509_NAME_pop_free(a->ca_names, X509_NAME_free);
 | 
						|
    sk_X509_NAME_pop_free(a->client_ca_names, X509_NAME_free);
 | 
						|
    OSSL_STACK_OF_X509_free(a->extra_certs);
 | 
						|
    a->comp_methods = NULL;
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRTP
 | 
						|
    sk_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_free(a->srtp_profiles);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_SRP
 | 
						|
    ssl_ctx_srp_ctx_free_intern(a);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_ENGINE
 | 
						|
    tls_engine_finish(a->client_cert_engine);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->ext.ecpointformats);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->ext.supportedgroups);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->ext.supported_groups_default);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->ext.alpn);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_secure_free(a->ext.secure);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl_evp_md_free(a->md5);
 | 
						|
    ssl_evp_md_free(a->sha1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (j = 0; j < SSL_ENC_NUM_IDX; j++)
 | 
						|
        ssl_evp_cipher_free(a->ssl_cipher_methods[j]);
 | 
						|
    for (j = 0; j < SSL_MD_NUM_IDX; j++)
 | 
						|
        ssl_evp_md_free(a->ssl_digest_methods[j]);
 | 
						|
    for (j = 0; j < a->group_list_len; j++) {
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->group_list[j].tlsname);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->group_list[j].realname);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->group_list[j].algorithm);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->group_list);
 | 
						|
    for (j = 0; j < a->sigalg_list_len; j++) {
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].name);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].sigalg_name);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].sigalg_oid);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].sig_name);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].sig_oid);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].hash_name);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].hash_oid);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].keytype);
 | 
						|
        OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list[j].keytype_oid);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_list);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->ssl_cert_info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->sigalg_lookup_cache);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->tls12_sigalgs);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->client_cert_type);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->server_cert_type);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_free(a->lock);
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_FREE_REF(&a->references);
 | 
						|
#ifdef TSAN_REQUIRES_LOCKING
 | 
						|
    CRYPTO_THREAD_lock_free(a->tsan_lock);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->propq);
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QLOG
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a->qlog_title);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(a);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, pem_password_cb *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->default_passwd_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *u)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->default_passwd_callback_userdata = u;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
pem_password_cb *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->default_passwd_callback;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->default_passwd_callback_userdata;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL *s, pem_password_cb *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->default_passwd_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL *s, void *u)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->default_passwd_callback_userdata = u;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
pem_password_cb *SSL_get_default_passwd_cb(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->default_passwd_callback;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void *SSL_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->default_passwd_callback_userdata;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                      int (*cb) (X509_STORE_CTX *, void *),
 | 
						|
                                      void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->app_verify_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
    ctx->app_verify_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_verify(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode,
 | 
						|
                        int (*cb) (int, X509_STORE_CTX *))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->verify_mode = mode;
 | 
						|
    ctx->default_verify_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_depth(ctx->param, depth);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *c, int (*cb) (SSL *ssl, void *arg), void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ssl_cert_set_cert_cb(c->cert, cb, arg);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *s, int (*cb) (SSL *ssl, void *arg), void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl_cert_set_cert_cb(sc->cert, cb, arg);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ssl_set_masks(SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CERT *c = s->cert;
 | 
						|
    uint32_t *pvalid = s->s3.tmp.valid_flags;
 | 
						|
    int rsa_enc, rsa_sign, dh_tmp, dsa_sign;
 | 
						|
    unsigned long mask_k, mask_a;
 | 
						|
    int have_ecc_cert, ecdsa_ok;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dh_tmp = (c->dh_tmp != NULL
 | 
						|
              || c->dh_tmp_cb != NULL
 | 
						|
              || c->dh_tmp_auto);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    rsa_enc = pvalid[SSL_PKEY_RSA] & CERT_PKEY_VALID;
 | 
						|
    rsa_sign = pvalid[SSL_PKEY_RSA] & CERT_PKEY_VALID;
 | 
						|
    dsa_sign = pvalid[SSL_PKEY_DSA_SIGN] & CERT_PKEY_VALID;
 | 
						|
    have_ecc_cert = pvalid[SSL_PKEY_ECC] & CERT_PKEY_VALID;
 | 
						|
    mask_k = 0;
 | 
						|
    mask_a = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OSSL_TRACE4(TLS_CIPHER, "dh_tmp=%d rsa_enc=%d rsa_sign=%d dsa_sign=%d\n",
 | 
						|
               dh_tmp, rsa_enc, rsa_sign, dsa_sign);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_GOST
 | 
						|
    if (ssl_has_cert(s, SSL_PKEY_GOST12_512)) {
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kGOST | SSL_kGOST18;
 | 
						|
        mask_a |= SSL_aGOST12;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (ssl_has_cert(s, SSL_PKEY_GOST12_256)) {
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kGOST | SSL_kGOST18;
 | 
						|
        mask_a |= SSL_aGOST12;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (ssl_has_cert(s, SSL_PKEY_GOST01)) {
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kGOST;
 | 
						|
        mask_a |= SSL_aGOST01;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (rsa_enc)
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kRSA;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (dh_tmp)
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kDHE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If we only have an RSA-PSS certificate allow RSA authentication
 | 
						|
     * if TLS 1.2 and peer supports it.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (rsa_enc || rsa_sign || (ssl_has_cert(s, SSL_PKEY_RSA_PSS_SIGN)
 | 
						|
                && pvalid[SSL_PKEY_RSA_PSS_SIGN] & CERT_PKEY_EXPLICIT_SIGN
 | 
						|
                && TLS1_get_version(&s->ssl) == TLS1_2_VERSION))
 | 
						|
        mask_a |= SSL_aRSA;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (dsa_sign) {
 | 
						|
        mask_a |= SSL_aDSS;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    mask_a |= SSL_aNULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * You can do anything with an RPK key, since there's no cert to restrict it
 | 
						|
     * But we need to check for private keys
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (pvalid[SSL_PKEY_RSA] & CERT_PKEY_RPK) {
 | 
						|
        mask_a |= SSL_aRSA;
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kRSA;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (pvalid[SSL_PKEY_ECC] & CERT_PKEY_RPK)
 | 
						|
        mask_a |= SSL_aECDSA;
 | 
						|
    if (TLS1_get_version(&s->ssl) == TLS1_2_VERSION) {
 | 
						|
        if (pvalid[SSL_PKEY_RSA_PSS_SIGN] & CERT_PKEY_RPK)
 | 
						|
            mask_a |= SSL_aRSA;
 | 
						|
        if (pvalid[SSL_PKEY_ED25519] & CERT_PKEY_RPK
 | 
						|
                || pvalid[SSL_PKEY_ED448] & CERT_PKEY_RPK)
 | 
						|
            mask_a |= SSL_aECDSA;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * An ECC certificate may be usable for ECDH and/or ECDSA cipher suites
 | 
						|
     * depending on the key usage extension.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (have_ecc_cert) {
 | 
						|
        uint32_t ex_kusage;
 | 
						|
        ex_kusage = X509_get_key_usage(c->pkeys[SSL_PKEY_ECC].x509);
 | 
						|
        ecdsa_ok = ex_kusage & X509v3_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE;
 | 
						|
        if (!(pvalid[SSL_PKEY_ECC] & CERT_PKEY_SIGN))
 | 
						|
            ecdsa_ok = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (ecdsa_ok)
 | 
						|
            mask_a |= SSL_aECDSA;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* Allow Ed25519 for TLS 1.2 if peer supports it */
 | 
						|
    if (!(mask_a & SSL_aECDSA) && ssl_has_cert(s, SSL_PKEY_ED25519)
 | 
						|
            && pvalid[SSL_PKEY_ED25519] & CERT_PKEY_EXPLICIT_SIGN
 | 
						|
            && TLS1_get_version(&s->ssl) == TLS1_2_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            mask_a |= SSL_aECDSA;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Allow Ed448 for TLS 1.2 if peer supports it */
 | 
						|
    if (!(mask_a & SSL_aECDSA) && ssl_has_cert(s, SSL_PKEY_ED448)
 | 
						|
            && pvalid[SSL_PKEY_ED448] & CERT_PKEY_EXPLICIT_SIGN
 | 
						|
            && TLS1_get_version(&s->ssl) == TLS1_2_VERSION)
 | 
						|
            mask_a |= SSL_aECDSA;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    mask_k |= SSL_kECDHE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_PSK
 | 
						|
    mask_k |= SSL_kPSK;
 | 
						|
    mask_a |= SSL_aPSK;
 | 
						|
    if (mask_k & SSL_kRSA)
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kRSAPSK;
 | 
						|
    if (mask_k & SSL_kDHE)
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kDHEPSK;
 | 
						|
    if (mask_k & SSL_kECDHE)
 | 
						|
        mask_k |= SSL_kECDHEPSK;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->s3.tmp.mask_k = mask_k;
 | 
						|
    s->s3.tmp.mask_a = mask_a;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_check_srvr_ecc_cert_and_alg(X509 *x, SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (s->s3.tmp.new_cipher->algorithm_auth & SSL_aECDSA) {
 | 
						|
        /* key usage, if present, must allow signing */
 | 
						|
        if (!(X509_get_key_usage(x) & X509v3_KU_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE)) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;                   /* all checks are ok */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_get_server_cert_serverinfo(SSL_CONNECTION *s,
 | 
						|
                                   const unsigned char **serverinfo,
 | 
						|
                                   size_t *serverinfo_length)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CERT_PKEY *cpk = s->s3.tmp.cert;
 | 
						|
    *serverinfo_length = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (cpk == NULL || cpk->serverinfo == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *serverinfo = cpk->serverinfo;
 | 
						|
    *serverinfo_length = cpk->serverinfo_length;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ssl_update_cache(SSL_CONNECTION *s, int mode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If the session_id_length is 0, we are not supposed to cache it, and it
 | 
						|
     * would be rather hard to do anyway :-). Also if the session has already
 | 
						|
     * been marked as not_resumable we should not cache it for later reuse.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (s->session->session_id_length == 0 || s->session->not_resumable)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If sid_ctx_length is 0 there is no specific application context
 | 
						|
     * associated with this session, so when we try to resume it and
 | 
						|
     * SSL_VERIFY_PEER is requested to verify the client identity, we have no
 | 
						|
     * indication that this is actually a session for the proper application
 | 
						|
     * context, and the *handshake* will fail, not just the resumption attempt.
 | 
						|
     * Do not cache (on the server) these sessions that are not resumable
 | 
						|
     * (clients can set SSL_VERIFY_PEER without needing a sid_ctx set).
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (s->server && s->session->sid_ctx_length == 0
 | 
						|
            && (s->verify_mode & SSL_VERIFY_PEER) != 0)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    i = s->session_ctx->session_cache_mode;
 | 
						|
    if ((i & mode) != 0
 | 
						|
        && (!s->hit || SSL_CONNECTION_IS_TLS13(s))) {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * Add the session to the internal cache. In server side TLSv1.3 we
 | 
						|
         * normally don't do this because by default it's a full stateless ticket
 | 
						|
         * with only a dummy session id so there is no reason to cache it,
 | 
						|
         * unless:
 | 
						|
         * - we are doing early_data, in which case we cache so that we can
 | 
						|
         *   detect replays
 | 
						|
         * - the application has set a remove_session_cb so needs to know about
 | 
						|
         *   session timeout events
 | 
						|
         * - SSL_OP_NO_TICKET is set in which case it is a stateful ticket
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        if ((i & SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE) == 0
 | 
						|
                && (!SSL_CONNECTION_IS_TLS13(s)
 | 
						|
                    || !s->server
 | 
						|
                    || (s->max_early_data > 0
 | 
						|
                        && (s->options & SSL_OP_NO_ANTI_REPLAY) == 0)
 | 
						|
                    || s->session_ctx->remove_session_cb != NULL
 | 
						|
                    || (s->options & SSL_OP_NO_TICKET) != 0))
 | 
						|
            SSL_CTX_add_session(s->session_ctx, s->session);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * Add the session to the external cache. We do this even in server side
 | 
						|
         * TLSv1.3 without early data because some applications just want to
 | 
						|
         * know about the creation of a session and aren't doing a full cache.
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        if (s->session_ctx->new_session_cb != NULL) {
 | 
						|
            SSL_SESSION_up_ref(s->session);
 | 
						|
            if (!s->session_ctx->new_session_cb(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(s),
 | 
						|
                                                s->session))
 | 
						|
                SSL_SESSION_free(s->session);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* auto flush every 255 connections */
 | 
						|
    if ((!(i & SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR)) && ((i & mode) == mode)) {
 | 
						|
        TSAN_QUALIFIER int *stat;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (mode & SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT)
 | 
						|
            stat = &s->session_ctx->stats.sess_connect_good;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            stat = &s->session_ctx->stats.sess_accept_good;
 | 
						|
        if ((ssl_tsan_load(s->session_ctx, stat) & 0xff) == 0xff)
 | 
						|
            SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(s->session_ctx, (unsigned long)time(NULL));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SSL_METHOD *SSL_CTX_get_ssl_method(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->method;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SSL_METHOD *SSL_get_ssl_method(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return s->method;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_ssl_method(SSL *s, const SSL_METHOD *meth)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = 1;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Not allowed for QUIC */
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL
 | 
						|
        || (s->type != SSL_TYPE_SSL_CONNECTION && s->method != meth)
 | 
						|
        || (s->type == SSL_TYPE_SSL_CONNECTION && IS_QUIC_METHOD(meth)))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s->method != meth) {
 | 
						|
        const SSL_METHOD *sm = s->method;
 | 
						|
        int (*hf) (SSL *) = sc->handshake_func;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (sm->version == meth->version)
 | 
						|
            s->method = meth;
 | 
						|
        else {
 | 
						|
            sm->ssl_deinit(s);
 | 
						|
            s->method = meth;
 | 
						|
            ret = s->method->ssl_init(s);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (hf == sm->ssl_connect)
 | 
						|
            sc->handshake_func = meth->ssl_connect;
 | 
						|
        else if (hf == sm->ssl_accept)
 | 
						|
            sc->handshake_func = meth->ssl_accept;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_error(const SSL *s, int i)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ossl_ssl_get_error(s, i, /*check_err=*/1);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ossl_ssl_get_error(const SSL *s, int i, int check_err)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int reason;
 | 
						|
    unsigned long l;
 | 
						|
    BIO *bio;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (i > 0)
 | 
						|
        return SSL_ERROR_NONE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s)) {
 | 
						|
        reason = ossl_quic_get_error(s, i);
 | 
						|
        if (reason != SSL_ERROR_NONE)
 | 
						|
            return reason;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return SSL_ERROR_SSL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Make things return SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL when doing SSL_do_handshake etc,
 | 
						|
     * where we do encode the error
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (check_err && (l = ERR_peek_error()) != 0) {
 | 
						|
        if (ERR_GET_LIB(l) == ERR_LIB_SYS)
 | 
						|
            return SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            return SSL_ERROR_SSL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        if (SSL_want_read(s)) {
 | 
						|
            bio = SSL_get_rbio(s);
 | 
						|
            if (BIO_should_read(bio))
 | 
						|
                return SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ;
 | 
						|
            else if (BIO_should_write(bio))
 | 
						|
                /*
 | 
						|
                 * This one doesn't make too much sense ... We never try to
 | 
						|
                 * write to the rbio, and an application program where rbio and
 | 
						|
                 * wbio are separate couldn't even know what it should wait for.
 | 
						|
                 * However if we ever set s->rwstate incorrectly (so that we
 | 
						|
                 * have SSL_want_read(s) instead of SSL_want_write(s)) and rbio
 | 
						|
                 * and wbio *are* the same, this test works around that bug; so
 | 
						|
                 * it might be safer to keep it.
 | 
						|
                 */
 | 
						|
                return SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE;
 | 
						|
            else if (BIO_should_io_special(bio)) {
 | 
						|
                reason = BIO_get_retry_reason(bio);
 | 
						|
                if (reason == BIO_RR_CONNECT)
 | 
						|
                    return SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT;
 | 
						|
                else if (reason == BIO_RR_ACCEPT)
 | 
						|
                    return SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT;
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    return SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL; /* unknown */
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (SSL_want_write(s)) {
 | 
						|
            /*
 | 
						|
             * Access wbio directly - in order to use the buffered bio if
 | 
						|
             * present
 | 
						|
             */
 | 
						|
            bio = sc->wbio;
 | 
						|
            if (BIO_should_write(bio))
 | 
						|
                return SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE;
 | 
						|
            else if (BIO_should_read(bio))
 | 
						|
                /*
 | 
						|
                 * See above (SSL_want_read(s) with BIO_should_write(bio))
 | 
						|
                 */
 | 
						|
                return SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ;
 | 
						|
            else if (BIO_should_io_special(bio)) {
 | 
						|
                reason = BIO_get_retry_reason(bio);
 | 
						|
                if (reason == BIO_RR_CONNECT)
 | 
						|
                    return SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT;
 | 
						|
                else if (reason == BIO_RR_ACCEPT)
 | 
						|
                    return SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT;
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    return SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_want_x509_lookup(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP;
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_want_retry_verify(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_ERROR_WANT_RETRY_VERIFY;
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_want_async(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_ERROR_WANT_ASYNC;
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_want_async_job(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_ERROR_WANT_ASYNC_JOB;
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_want_client_hello_cb(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_ERROR_WANT_CLIENT_HELLO_CB;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((sc->shutdown & SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN) &&
 | 
						|
        (sc->s3.warn_alert == SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ssl_do_handshake_intern(void *vargs)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    struct ssl_async_args *args = (struct ssl_async_args *)vargs;
 | 
						|
    SSL *s = args->s;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->handshake_func(s);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = 1;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_do_handshake(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET);
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ossl_statem_check_finish_init(sc, -1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->method->ssl_renegotiate_check(s, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (SSL_in_init(s) || SSL_in_before(s)) {
 | 
						|
        if ((sc->mode & SSL_MODE_ASYNC) && ASYNC_get_current_job() == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            struct ssl_async_args args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            memset(&args, 0, sizeof(args));
 | 
						|
            args.s = s;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            ret = ssl_start_async_job(s, &args, ssl_do_handshake_intern);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            ret = sc->handshake_func(s);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s)) {
 | 
						|
        ossl_quic_set_accept_state(s);
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->server = 1;
 | 
						|
    sc->shutdown = 0;
 | 
						|
    ossl_statem_clear(sc);
 | 
						|
    sc->handshake_func = s->method->ssl_accept;
 | 
						|
    /* Ignore return value. Its a void public API function */
 | 
						|
    RECORD_LAYER_reset(&sc->rlayer);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s)) {
 | 
						|
        ossl_quic_set_connect_state(s);
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->server = 0;
 | 
						|
    sc->shutdown = 0;
 | 
						|
    ossl_statem_clear(sc);
 | 
						|
    sc->handshake_func = s->method->ssl_connect;
 | 
						|
    /* Ignore return value. Its a void public API function */
 | 
						|
    RECORD_LAYER_reset(&sc->rlayer);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_undefined_function(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_undefined_void_function(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_SHOULD_NOT_HAVE_BEEN_CALLED);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_undefined_const_function(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const char *ssl_protocol_to_string(int version)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    switch (version)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case TLS1_3_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return "TLSv1.3";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case TLS1_2_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return "TLSv1.2";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case TLS1_1_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return "TLSv1.1";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case TLS1_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return "TLSv1";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SSL3_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return "SSLv3";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case DTLS1_BAD_VER:
 | 
						|
        return "DTLSv0.9";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case DTLS1_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return "DTLSv1";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case DTLS1_2_VERSION:
 | 
						|
        return "DTLSv1.2";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        return "unknown";
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    /* We only support QUICv1 - so if its QUIC its QUICv1 */
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_CONNECTION || s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO)
 | 
						|
        return "QUICv1";
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ssl_protocol_to_string(sc->version);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
__owur int SSL_get_handshake_rtt(const SSL *s, uint64_t *rtt)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
    if (sc->ts_msg_write.t <= 0 || sc->ts_msg_read.t <= 0)
 | 
						|
        return 0; /* data not (yet) available */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->ts_msg_read.t < sc->ts_msg_write.t)
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *rtt = ossl_time2us(ossl_time_subtract(sc->ts_msg_read, sc->ts_msg_write));
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int dup_ca_names(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) **dst, STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *src)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *sk;
 | 
						|
    X509_NAME *xn;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (src == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        *dst = NULL;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((sk = sk_X509_NAME_new_null()) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sk_X509_NAME_num(src); i++) {
 | 
						|
        xn = X509_NAME_dup(sk_X509_NAME_value(src, i));
 | 
						|
        if (xn == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            sk_X509_NAME_pop_free(sk, X509_NAME_free);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (sk_X509_NAME_insert(sk, xn, i) == 0) {
 | 
						|
            X509_NAME_free(xn);
 | 
						|
            sk_X509_NAME_pop_free(sk, X509_NAME_free);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    *dst = sk;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL *SSL_dup(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL *ret;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    /* TODO(QUIC FUTURE): Add a SSL_METHOD function for duplication */
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *retsc;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If we're not quiescent, just up_ref! */
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_in_init(s) || !SSL_in_before(s)) {
 | 
						|
        CRYPTO_UP_REF(&s->references, &i);
 | 
						|
        return s;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Otherwise, copy configuration state, and session if set.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if ((ret = SSL_new(SSL_get_SSL_CTX(s))) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    if ((retsc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(ret)) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->session != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * Arranges to share the same session via up_ref.  This "copies"
 | 
						|
         * session-id, SSL_METHOD, sid_ctx, and 'cert'
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        if (!SSL_copy_session_id(ret, s))
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * No session has been established yet, so we have to expect that
 | 
						|
         * s->cert or ret->cert will be changed later -- they should not both
 | 
						|
         * point to the same object, and thus we can't use
 | 
						|
         * SSL_copy_session_id.
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        if (!SSL_set_ssl_method(ret, s->method))
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (sc->cert != NULL) {
 | 
						|
            ssl_cert_free(retsc->cert);
 | 
						|
            retsc->cert = ssl_cert_dup(sc->cert);
 | 
						|
            if (retsc->cert == NULL)
 | 
						|
                goto err;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!SSL_set_session_id_context(ret, sc->sid_ctx,
 | 
						|
                                        (int)sc->sid_ctx_length))
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_dane_dup(retsc, sc))
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    retsc->version = sc->version;
 | 
						|
    retsc->options = sc->options;
 | 
						|
    retsc->min_proto_version = sc->min_proto_version;
 | 
						|
    retsc->max_proto_version = sc->max_proto_version;
 | 
						|
    retsc->mode = sc->mode;
 | 
						|
    SSL_set_max_cert_list(ret, SSL_get_max_cert_list(s));
 | 
						|
    SSL_set_read_ahead(ret, SSL_get_read_ahead(s));
 | 
						|
    retsc->msg_callback = sc->msg_callback;
 | 
						|
    retsc->msg_callback_arg = sc->msg_callback_arg;
 | 
						|
    SSL_set_verify(ret, SSL_get_verify_mode(s), SSL_get_verify_callback(s));
 | 
						|
    SSL_set_verify_depth(ret, SSL_get_verify_depth(s));
 | 
						|
    retsc->generate_session_id = sc->generate_session_id;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SSL_set_info_callback(ret, SSL_get_info_callback(s));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* copy app data, a little dangerous perhaps */
 | 
						|
    if (!CRYPTO_dup_ex_data(CRYPTO_EX_INDEX_SSL, &ret->ex_data, &s->ex_data))
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    retsc->server = sc->server;
 | 
						|
    if (sc->handshake_func) {
 | 
						|
        if (sc->server)
 | 
						|
            SSL_set_accept_state(ret);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            SSL_set_connect_state(ret);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    retsc->shutdown = sc->shutdown;
 | 
						|
    retsc->hit = sc->hit;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    retsc->default_passwd_callback = sc->default_passwd_callback;
 | 
						|
    retsc->default_passwd_callback_userdata = sc->default_passwd_callback_userdata;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_VERIFY_PARAM_inherit(retsc->param, sc->param);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* dup the cipher_list and cipher_list_by_id stacks */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->cipher_list != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        if ((retsc->cipher_list = sk_SSL_CIPHER_dup(sc->cipher_list)) == NULL)
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (sc->cipher_list_by_id != NULL)
 | 
						|
        if ((retsc->cipher_list_by_id = sk_SSL_CIPHER_dup(sc->cipher_list_by_id))
 | 
						|
            == NULL)
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Dup the client_CA list */
 | 
						|
    if (!dup_ca_names(&retsc->ca_names, sc->ca_names)
 | 
						|
            || !dup_ca_names(&retsc->client_ca_names, sc->client_ca_names))
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    SSL_free(ret);
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->cert != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return sc->cert->key->x509;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->cert != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return sc->cert->key->privatekey;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->cert != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return ctx->cert->key->x509;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (ctx->cert != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return ctx->cert->key->privatekey;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((sc->session != NULL) && (sc->session->cipher != NULL))
 | 
						|
        return sc->session->cipher;
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_pending_cipher(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->s3.tmp.new_cipher;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->rlayer.wrlmethod->get_compression(sc->rlayer.wrl);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_COMP
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->rlayer.rrlmethod->get_compression(sc->rlayer.rrl);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_init_wbio_buffer(SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    BIO *bbio;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s->bbio != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /* Already buffered. */
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bbio = BIO_new(BIO_f_buffer());
 | 
						|
    if (bbio == NULL || BIO_set_read_buffer_size(bbio, 1) <= 0) {
 | 
						|
        BIO_free(bbio);
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_BUF_LIB);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    s->bbio = bbio;
 | 
						|
    s->wbio = BIO_push(bbio, s->wbio);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->rlayer.wrlmethod->set1_bio(s->rlayer.wrl, s->wbio);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_free_wbio_buffer(SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /* callers ensure s is never null */
 | 
						|
    if (s->bbio == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s->wbio = BIO_pop(s->wbio);
 | 
						|
    s->rlayer.wrlmethod->set1_bio(s->rlayer.wrl, s->wbio);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BIO_free(s->bbio);
 | 
						|
    s->bbio = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->quiet_shutdown = mode;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->quiet_shutdown;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *s, int mode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Not supported with QUIC */
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->quiet_shutdown = mode;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Not supported with QUIC */
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->quiet_shutdown;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *s, int mode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Not supported with QUIC */
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->shutdown = mode;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    /* QUIC: Just indicate whether the connection was shutdown cleanly. */
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_get_shutdown(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->shutdown;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_version(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    /* We only support QUICv1 - so if its QUIC its QUICv1 */
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_CONNECTION || s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO)
 | 
						|
        return OSSL_QUIC1_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->version;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_client_version(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    /* We only support QUICv1 - so if its QUIC its QUICv1 */
 | 
						|
    if (s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_CONNECTION || s->type == SSL_TYPE_QUIC_XSO)
 | 
						|
        return OSSL_QUIC1_VERSION;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->client_version;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ssl->ctx;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CERT *new_cert;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* TODO(QUIC FUTURE): Add support for QUIC */
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ssl->ctx == ctx)
 | 
						|
        return ssl->ctx;
 | 
						|
    if (ctx == NULL)
 | 
						|
        ctx = sc->session_ctx;
 | 
						|
    new_cert = ssl_cert_dup(ctx->cert);
 | 
						|
    if (new_cert == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!custom_exts_copy_flags(&new_cert->custext, &sc->cert->custext)) {
 | 
						|
        ssl_cert_free(new_cert);
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ssl_cert_free(sc->cert);
 | 
						|
    sc->cert = new_cert;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Program invariant: |sid_ctx| has fixed size (SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH),
 | 
						|
     * so setter APIs must prevent invalid lengths from entering the system.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (!ossl_assert(sc->sid_ctx_length <= sizeof(sc->sid_ctx)))
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If the session ID context matches that of the parent SSL_CTX,
 | 
						|
     * inherit it from the new SSL_CTX as well. If however the context does
 | 
						|
     * not match (i.e., it was set per-ssl with SSL_set_session_id_context),
 | 
						|
     * leave it unchanged.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if ((ssl->ctx != NULL) &&
 | 
						|
        (sc->sid_ctx_length == ssl->ctx->sid_ctx_length) &&
 | 
						|
        (memcmp(sc->sid_ctx, ssl->ctx->sid_ctx, sc->sid_ctx_length) == 0)) {
 | 
						|
        sc->sid_ctx_length = ctx->sid_ctx_length;
 | 
						|
        memcpy(&sc->sid_ctx, &ctx->sid_ctx, sizeof(sc->sid_ctx));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_up_ref(ctx);
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_free(ssl->ctx);     /* decrement reference count */
 | 
						|
    ssl->ctx = ctx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ssl->ctx;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return X509_STORE_set_default_paths_ex(ctx->cert_store, ctx->libctx,
 | 
						|
                                           ctx->propq);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_dir(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    X509_LOOKUP *lookup;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    lookup = X509_STORE_add_lookup(ctx->cert_store, X509_LOOKUP_hash_dir());
 | 
						|
    if (lookup == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We ignore errors, in case the directory doesn't exist */
 | 
						|
    ERR_set_mark();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_LOOKUP_add_dir(lookup, NULL, X509_FILETYPE_DEFAULT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ERR_pop_to_mark();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_file(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    X509_LOOKUP *lookup;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    lookup = X509_STORE_add_lookup(ctx->cert_store, X509_LOOKUP_file());
 | 
						|
    if (lookup == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We ignore errors, in case the file doesn't exist */
 | 
						|
    ERR_set_mark();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_LOOKUP_load_file_ex(lookup, NULL, X509_FILETYPE_DEFAULT, ctx->libctx,
 | 
						|
                             ctx->propq);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ERR_pop_to_mark();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_store(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    X509_LOOKUP *lookup;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    lookup = X509_STORE_add_lookup(ctx->cert_store, X509_LOOKUP_store());
 | 
						|
    if (lookup == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We ignore errors, in case the directory doesn't exist */
 | 
						|
    ERR_set_mark();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    X509_LOOKUP_add_store_ex(lookup, NULL, ctx->libctx, ctx->propq);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ERR_pop_to_mark();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_load_verify_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *CAfile)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return X509_STORE_load_file_ex(ctx->cert_store, CAfile, ctx->libctx,
 | 
						|
                                   ctx->propq);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_load_verify_dir(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *CApath)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return X509_STORE_load_path(ctx->cert_store, CApath);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_load_verify_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *CAstore)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return X509_STORE_load_store_ex(ctx->cert_store, CAstore, ctx->libctx,
 | 
						|
                                    ctx->propq);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *CAfile,
 | 
						|
                                  const char *CApath)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (CAfile == NULL && CApath == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    if (CAfile != NULL && !SSL_CTX_load_verify_file(ctx, CAfile))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    if (CApath != NULL && !SSL_CTX_load_verify_dir(ctx, CApath))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_info_callback(SSL *ssl,
 | 
						|
                           void (*cb) (const SSL *ssl, int type, int val))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->info_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * One compiler (Diab DCC) doesn't like argument names in returned function
 | 
						|
 * pointer.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl)) (const SSL * /* ssl */ ,
 | 
						|
                                               int /* type */ ,
 | 
						|
                                               int /* val */ ) {
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->info_callback;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_verify_result(SSL *ssl, long arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->verify_result = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->verify_result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_get_client_random(const SSL *ssl, unsigned char *out, size_t outlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (outlen == 0)
 | 
						|
        return sizeof(sc->s3.client_random);
 | 
						|
    if (outlen > sizeof(sc->s3.client_random))
 | 
						|
        outlen = sizeof(sc->s3.client_random);
 | 
						|
    memcpy(out, sc->s3.client_random, outlen);
 | 
						|
    return outlen;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_get_server_random(const SSL *ssl, unsigned char *out, size_t outlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (outlen == 0)
 | 
						|
        return sizeof(sc->s3.server_random);
 | 
						|
    if (outlen > sizeof(sc->s3.server_random))
 | 
						|
        outlen = sizeof(sc->s3.server_random);
 | 
						|
    memcpy(out, sc->s3.server_random, outlen);
 | 
						|
    return outlen;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_SESSION_get_master_key(const SSL_SESSION *session,
 | 
						|
                                  unsigned char *out, size_t outlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (outlen == 0)
 | 
						|
        return session->master_key_length;
 | 
						|
    if (outlen > session->master_key_length)
 | 
						|
        outlen = session->master_key_length;
 | 
						|
    memcpy(out, session->master_key, outlen);
 | 
						|
    return outlen;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_SESSION_set1_master_key(SSL_SESSION *sess, const unsigned char *in,
 | 
						|
                                size_t len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (len > sizeof(sess->master_key))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    memcpy(sess->master_key, in, len);
 | 
						|
    sess->master_key_length = len;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *s, int idx, void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return CRYPTO_set_ex_data(&s->ex_data, idx, arg);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *s, int idx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return CRYPTO_get_ex_data(&s->ex_data, idx);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *s, int idx, void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return CRYPTO_set_ex_data(&s->ex_data, idx, arg);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *s, int idx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return CRYPTO_get_ex_data(&s->ex_data, idx);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->cert_store;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    X509_STORE_free(ctx->cert_store);
 | 
						|
    ctx->cert_store = store;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set1_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (store != NULL)
 | 
						|
        X509_STORE_up_ref(store);
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(ctx, store);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_want(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_want(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return SSL_NOTHING;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->rwstate;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_PSK
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *identity_hint)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (identity_hint != NULL && strlen(identity_hint) > PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(ctx->cert->psk_identity_hint);
 | 
						|
    if (identity_hint != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        ctx->cert->psk_identity_hint = OPENSSL_strdup(identity_hint);
 | 
						|
        if (ctx->cert->psk_identity_hint == NULL)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
        ctx->cert->psk_identity_hint = NULL;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *s, const char *identity_hint)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (identity_hint != NULL && strlen(identity_hint) > PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(sc->cert->psk_identity_hint);
 | 
						|
    if (identity_hint != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        sc->cert->psk_identity_hint = OPENSSL_strdup(identity_hint);
 | 
						|
        if (sc->cert->psk_identity_hint == NULL)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
        sc->cert->psk_identity_hint = NULL;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || sc->session == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->session->psk_identity_hint;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || sc->session == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->session->psk_identity;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_psk_client_callback(SSL *s, SSL_psk_client_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->psk_client_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_psk_client_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->psk_client_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_psk_server_callback(SSL *s, SSL_psk_server_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->psk_server_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_psk_server_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->psk_server_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_psk_find_session_callback(SSL *s, SSL_psk_find_session_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->psk_find_session_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_psk_find_session_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                           SSL_psk_find_session_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->psk_find_session_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_psk_use_session_callback(SSL *s, SSL_psk_use_session_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->psk_use_session_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_psk_use_session_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                           SSL_psk_use_session_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->psk_use_session_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                              void (*cb) (int write_p, int version,
 | 
						|
                                          int content_type, const void *buf,
 | 
						|
                                          size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ctx, SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK, (void (*)(void))cb);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_msg_callback(SSL *ssl,
 | 
						|
                          void (*cb) (int write_p, int version,
 | 
						|
                                      int content_type, const void *buf,
 | 
						|
                                      size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_callback_ctrl(ssl, SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK, (void (*)(void))cb);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_not_resumable_session_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                int (*cb) (SSL *ssl,
 | 
						|
                                                           int
 | 
						|
                                                           is_forward_secure))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX_callback_ctrl(ctx, SSL_CTRL_SET_NOT_RESUMABLE_SESS_CB,
 | 
						|
                          (void (*)(void))cb);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_not_resumable_session_callback(SSL *ssl,
 | 
						|
                                            int (*cb) (SSL *ssl,
 | 
						|
                                                       int is_forward_secure))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_callback_ctrl(ssl, SSL_CTRL_SET_NOT_RESUMABLE_SESS_CB,
 | 
						|
                      (void (*)(void))cb);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_record_padding_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                         size_t (*cb) (SSL *ssl, int type,
 | 
						|
                                                       size_t len, void *arg))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->record_padding_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_record_padding_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->record_padding_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void *SSL_CTX_get_record_padding_callback_arg(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->record_padding_arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_block_padding(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t block_size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC_CTX(ctx) && block_size > 1)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* block size of 0 or 1 is basically no padding */
 | 
						|
    if (block_size == 1)
 | 
						|
        ctx->block_padding = 0;
 | 
						|
    else if (block_size <= SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH)
 | 
						|
        ctx->block_padding = block_size;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_record_padding_callback(SSL *ssl,
 | 
						|
                                     size_t (*cb) (SSL *ssl, int type,
 | 
						|
                                                   size_t len, void *arg))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    BIO *b;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    b = SSL_get_wbio(ssl);
 | 
						|
    if (b == NULL || !BIO_get_ktls_send(b)) {
 | 
						|
        sc->rlayer.record_padding_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_record_padding_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->rlayer.record_padding_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void *SSL_get_record_padding_callback_arg(const SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->rlayer.record_padding_arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_block_padding(SSL *ssl, size_t block_size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || (IS_QUIC(ssl) && block_size > 1))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* block size of 0 or 1 is basically no padding */
 | 
						|
    if (block_size == 1)
 | 
						|
        sc->rlayer.block_padding = 0;
 | 
						|
    else if (block_size <= SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH)
 | 
						|
        sc->rlayer.block_padding = block_size;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_num_tickets(SSL *s, size_t num_tickets)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->num_tickets = num_tickets;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_get_num_tickets(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->num_tickets;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t num_tickets)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->num_tickets = num_tickets;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->num_tickets;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Retrieve handshake hashes */
 | 
						|
int ssl_handshake_hash(SSL_CONNECTION *s,
 | 
						|
                       unsigned char *out, size_t outlen,
 | 
						|
                       size_t *hashlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    EVP_MD_CTX *ctx = NULL;
 | 
						|
    EVP_MD_CTX *hdgst = s->s3.handshake_dgst;
 | 
						|
    int hashleni = EVP_MD_CTX_get_size(hdgst);
 | 
						|
    int ret = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (hashleni < 0 || (size_t)hashleni > outlen) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ctx = EVP_MD_CTX_new();
 | 
						|
    if (ctx == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!EVP_MD_CTX_copy_ex(ctx, hdgst)
 | 
						|
        || EVP_DigestFinal_ex(ctx, out, NULL) <= 0) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *hashlen = hashleni;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = 1;
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    EVP_MD_CTX_free(ctx);
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->hit;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_is_server(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->server;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_DEPRECATED_1_1_0
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_debug(SSL *s, int debug)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /* Old function was do-nothing anyway... */
 | 
						|
    (void)s;
 | 
						|
    (void)debug;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_security_level(SSL *s, int level)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->cert->sec_level = level;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_security_level(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->cert->sec_level;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_security_callback(SSL *s,
 | 
						|
                               int (*cb) (const SSL *s, const SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                          int op, int bits, int nid,
 | 
						|
                                          void *other, void *ex))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->cert->sec_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int (*SSL_get_security_callback(const SSL *s)) (const SSL *s,
 | 
						|
                                                const SSL_CTX *ctx, int op,
 | 
						|
                                                int bits, int nid, void *other,
 | 
						|
                                                void *ex) {
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->cert->sec_cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set0_security_ex_data(SSL *s, void *ex)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->cert->sec_ex = ex;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void *SSL_get0_security_ex_data(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->cert->sec_ex;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_security_level(SSL_CTX *ctx, int level)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->cert->sec_level = level;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_get_security_level(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->cert->sec_level;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_security_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                   int (*cb) (const SSL *s, const SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                              int op, int bits, int nid,
 | 
						|
                                              void *other, void *ex))
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->cert->sec_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int (*SSL_CTX_get_security_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx)) (const SSL *s,
 | 
						|
                                                          const SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                          int op, int bits,
 | 
						|
                                                          int nid,
 | 
						|
                                                          void *other,
 | 
						|
                                                          void *ex) {
 | 
						|
    return ctx->cert->sec_cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set0_security_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *ex)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->cert->sec_ex = ex;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void *SSL_CTX_get0_security_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->cert->sec_ex;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint64_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->options;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint64_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_get_options(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->options;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint64_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->options |= op;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint64_t SSL_set_options(SSL *s, uint64_t op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc;
 | 
						|
    OSSL_PARAM options[2], *opts = options;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_set_options(s, op);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->options |= op;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *opts++ = OSSL_PARAM_construct_uint64(OSSL_LIBSSL_RECORD_LAYER_PARAM_OPTIONS,
 | 
						|
                                          &sc->options);
 | 
						|
    *opts = OSSL_PARAM_construct_end();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Ignore return value */
 | 
						|
    sc->rlayer.rrlmethod->set_options(sc->rlayer.rrl, options);
 | 
						|
    sc->rlayer.wrlmethod->set_options(sc->rlayer.wrl, options);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->options;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint64_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->options &= ~op;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint64_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *s, uint64_t op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
    OSSL_PARAM options[2], *opts = options;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_clear_options(s, op);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->options &= ~op;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *opts++ = OSSL_PARAM_construct_uint64(OSSL_LIBSSL_RECORD_LAYER_PARAM_OPTIONS,
 | 
						|
                                          &sc->options);
 | 
						|
    *opts = OSSL_PARAM_construct_end();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Ignore return value */
 | 
						|
    sc->rlayer.rrlmethod->set_options(sc->rlayer.rrl, options);
 | 
						|
    sc->rlayer.wrlmethod->set_options(sc->rlayer.wrl, options);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->options;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get0_verified_chain(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->verified_chain;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
IMPLEMENT_OBJ_BSEARCH_GLOBAL_CMP_FN(SSL_CIPHER, SSL_CIPHER, ssl_cipher_id);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_CT
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Moves SCTs from the |src| stack to the |dst| stack.
 | 
						|
 * The source of each SCT will be set to |origin|.
 | 
						|
 * If |dst| points to a NULL pointer, a new stack will be created and owned by
 | 
						|
 * the caller.
 | 
						|
 * Returns the number of SCTs moved, or a negative integer if an error occurs.
 | 
						|
 * The |dst| stack is created and possibly partially populated even in case
 | 
						|
 * of error, likewise the |src| stack may be left in an intermediate state.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int ct_move_scts(STACK_OF(SCT) **dst, STACK_OF(SCT) *src,
 | 
						|
                        sct_source_t origin)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int scts_moved = 0;
 | 
						|
    SCT *sct = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*dst == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        *dst = sk_SCT_new_null();
 | 
						|
        if (*dst == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while ((sct = sk_SCT_pop(src)) != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        if (SCT_set_source(sct, origin) != 1)
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!sk_SCT_push(*dst, sct))
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
        scts_moved += 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return scts_moved;
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    SCT_free(sct);
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Look for data collected during ServerHello and parse if found.
 | 
						|
 * Returns the number of SCTs extracted.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int ct_extract_tls_extension_scts(SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int scts_extracted = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s->ext.scts != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        const unsigned char *p = s->ext.scts;
 | 
						|
        STACK_OF(SCT) *scts = o2i_SCT_LIST(NULL, &p, s->ext.scts_len);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        scts_extracted = ct_move_scts(&s->scts, scts, SCT_SOURCE_TLS_EXTENSION);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        SCT_LIST_free(scts);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return scts_extracted;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Checks for an OCSP response and then attempts to extract any SCTs found if it
 | 
						|
 * contains an SCT X509 extension. They will be stored in |s->scts|.
 | 
						|
 * Returns:
 | 
						|
 * - The number of SCTs extracted, assuming an OCSP response exists.
 | 
						|
 * - 0 if no OCSP response exists or it contains no SCTs.
 | 
						|
 * - A negative integer if an error occurs.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int ct_extract_ocsp_response_scts(SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
# ifndef OPENSSL_NO_OCSP
 | 
						|
    int scts_extracted = 0;
 | 
						|
    const unsigned char *p;
 | 
						|
    OCSP_BASICRESP *br = NULL;
 | 
						|
    OCSP_RESPONSE *rsp = NULL;
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SCT) *scts = NULL;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s->ext.ocsp.resp == NULL || s->ext.ocsp.resp_len == 0)
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    p = s->ext.ocsp.resp;
 | 
						|
    rsp = d2i_OCSP_RESPONSE(NULL, &p, (int)s->ext.ocsp.resp_len);
 | 
						|
    if (rsp == NULL)
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    br = OCSP_response_get1_basic(rsp);
 | 
						|
    if (br == NULL)
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < OCSP_resp_count(br); ++i) {
 | 
						|
        OCSP_SINGLERESP *single = OCSP_resp_get0(br, i);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (single == NULL)
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        scts =
 | 
						|
            OCSP_SINGLERESP_get1_ext_d2i(single, NID_ct_cert_scts, NULL, NULL);
 | 
						|
        scts_extracted =
 | 
						|
            ct_move_scts(&s->scts, scts, SCT_SOURCE_OCSP_STAPLED_RESPONSE);
 | 
						|
        if (scts_extracted < 0)
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    SCT_LIST_free(scts);
 | 
						|
    OCSP_BASICRESP_free(br);
 | 
						|
    OCSP_RESPONSE_free(rsp);
 | 
						|
    return scts_extracted;
 | 
						|
# else
 | 
						|
    /* Behave as if no OCSP response exists */
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
# endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Attempts to extract SCTs from the peer certificate.
 | 
						|
 * Return the number of SCTs extracted, or a negative integer if an error
 | 
						|
 * occurs.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int ct_extract_x509v3_extension_scts(SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int scts_extracted = 0;
 | 
						|
    X509 *cert = s->session != NULL ? s->session->peer : NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (cert != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        STACK_OF(SCT) *scts =
 | 
						|
            X509_get_ext_d2i(cert, NID_ct_precert_scts, NULL, NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        scts_extracted =
 | 
						|
            ct_move_scts(&s->scts, scts, SCT_SOURCE_X509V3_EXTENSION);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        SCT_LIST_free(scts);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return scts_extracted;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Attempts to find all received SCTs by checking TLS extensions, the OCSP
 | 
						|
 * response (if it exists) and X509v3 extensions in the certificate.
 | 
						|
 * Returns NULL if an error occurs.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
const STACK_OF(SCT) *SSL_get0_peer_scts(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!sc->scts_parsed) {
 | 
						|
        if (ct_extract_tls_extension_scts(sc) < 0 ||
 | 
						|
            ct_extract_ocsp_response_scts(sc) < 0 ||
 | 
						|
            ct_extract_x509v3_extension_scts(sc) < 0)
 | 
						|
            goto err;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        sc->scts_parsed = 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return sc->scts;
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ct_permissive(const CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                         const STACK_OF(SCT) *scts, void *unused_arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int ct_strict(const CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                     const STACK_OF(SCT) *scts, void *unused_arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int count = scts != NULL ? sk_SCT_num(scts) : 0;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        SCT *sct = sk_SCT_value(scts, i);
 | 
						|
        int status = SCT_get_validation_status(sct);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (status == SCT_VALIDATION_STATUS_VALID)
 | 
						|
            return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_VALID_SCTS);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_ct_validation_callback(SSL *s, ssl_ct_validation_cb callback,
 | 
						|
                                   void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Since code exists that uses the custom extension handler for CT, look
 | 
						|
     * for this and throw an error if they have already registered to use CT.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (callback != NULL && SSL_CTX_has_client_custom_ext(s->ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                          TLSEXT_TYPE_signed_certificate_timestamp))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXT_HANDLER_ALREADY_INSTALLED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (callback != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * If we are validating CT, then we MUST accept SCTs served via OCSP
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        if (!SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(s, TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp))
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->ct_validation_callback = callback;
 | 
						|
    sc->ct_validation_callback_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_ct_validation_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                       ssl_ct_validation_cb callback, void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Since code exists that uses the custom extension handler for CT, look for
 | 
						|
     * this and throw an error if they have already registered to use CT.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (callback != NULL && SSL_CTX_has_client_custom_ext(ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                          TLSEXT_TYPE_signed_certificate_timestamp))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXT_HANDLER_ALREADY_INSTALLED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ctx->ct_validation_callback = callback;
 | 
						|
    ctx->ct_validation_callback_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_ct_is_enabled(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->ct_validation_callback != NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_ct_is_enabled(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->ct_validation_callback != NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_validate_ct(SSL_CONNECTION *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret = 0;
 | 
						|
    X509 *cert = s->session != NULL ? s->session->peer : NULL;
 | 
						|
    X509 *issuer;
 | 
						|
    SSL_DANE *dane = &s->dane;
 | 
						|
    CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX *ctx = NULL;
 | 
						|
    const STACK_OF(SCT) *scts;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If no callback is set, the peer is anonymous, or its chain is invalid,
 | 
						|
     * skip SCT validation - just return success.  Applications that continue
 | 
						|
     * handshakes without certificates, with unverified chains, or pinned leaf
 | 
						|
     * certificates are outside the scope of the WebPKI and CT.
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     * The above exclusions notwithstanding the vast majority of peers will
 | 
						|
     * have rather ordinary certificate chains validated by typical
 | 
						|
     * applications that perform certificate verification and therefore will
 | 
						|
     * process SCTs when enabled.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (s->ct_validation_callback == NULL || cert == NULL ||
 | 
						|
        s->verify_result != X509_V_OK ||
 | 
						|
        s->verified_chain == NULL || sk_X509_num(s->verified_chain) <= 1)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * CT not applicable for chains validated via DANE-TA(2) or DANE-EE(3)
 | 
						|
     * trust-anchors.  See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7671#section-4.2
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (DANETLS_ENABLED(dane) && dane->mtlsa != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        switch (dane->mtlsa->usage) {
 | 
						|
        case DANETLS_USAGE_DANE_TA:
 | 
						|
        case DANETLS_USAGE_DANE_EE:
 | 
						|
            return 1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ctx = CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_new_ex(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_CTX(s)->libctx,
 | 
						|
                                    SSL_CONNECTION_GET_CTX(s)->propq);
 | 
						|
    if (ctx == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_CT_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto end;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    issuer = sk_X509_value(s->verified_chain, 1);
 | 
						|
    CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set1_cert(ctx, cert);
 | 
						|
    CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set1_issuer(ctx, issuer);
 | 
						|
    CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set_shared_CTLOG_STORE(ctx,
 | 
						|
            SSL_CONNECTION_GET_CTX(s)->ctlog_store);
 | 
						|
    CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_set_time(
 | 
						|
            ctx, (uint64_t)SSL_SESSION_get_time(s->session) * 1000);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    scts = SSL_get0_peer_scts(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(s));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * This function returns success (> 0) only when all the SCTs are valid, 0
 | 
						|
     * when some are invalid, and < 0 on various internal errors (out of
 | 
						|
     * memory, etc.).  Having some, or even all, invalid SCTs is not sufficient
 | 
						|
     * reason to abort the handshake, that decision is up to the callback.
 | 
						|
     * Therefore, we error out only in the unexpected case that the return
 | 
						|
     * value is negative.
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     * XXX: One might well argue that the return value of this function is an
 | 
						|
     * unfortunate design choice.  Its job is only to determine the validation
 | 
						|
     * status of each of the provided SCTs.  So long as it correctly separates
 | 
						|
     * the wheat from the chaff it should return success.  Failure in this case
 | 
						|
     * ought to correspond to an inability to carry out its duties.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (SCT_LIST_validate(scts, ctx) < 0) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE, SSL_R_SCT_VERIFICATION_FAILED);
 | 
						|
        goto end;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = s->ct_validation_callback(ctx, scts, s->ct_validation_callback_arg);
 | 
						|
    if (ret < 0)
 | 
						|
        ret = 0;                /* This function returns 0 on failure */
 | 
						|
    if (!ret)
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE, SSL_R_CALLBACK_FAILED);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 end:
 | 
						|
    CT_POLICY_EVAL_CTX_free(ctx);
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * With SSL_VERIFY_NONE the session may be cached and re-used despite a
 | 
						|
     * failure return code here.  Also the application may wish the complete
 | 
						|
     * the handshake, and then disconnect cleanly at a higher layer, after
 | 
						|
     * checking the verification status of the completed connection.
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     * We therefore force a certificate verification failure which will be
 | 
						|
     * visible via SSL_get_verify_result() and cached as part of any resumed
 | 
						|
     * session.
 | 
						|
     *
 | 
						|
     * Note: the permissive callback is for information gathering only, always
 | 
						|
     * returns success, and does not affect verification status.  Only the
 | 
						|
     * strict callback or a custom application-specified callback can trigger
 | 
						|
     * connection failure or record a verification error.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    if (ret <= 0)
 | 
						|
        s->verify_result = X509_V_ERR_NO_VALID_SCTS;
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_enable_ct(SSL_CTX *ctx, int validation_mode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    switch (validation_mode) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_INVALID_CT_VALIDATION_TYPE);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CT_VALIDATION_PERMISSIVE:
 | 
						|
        return SSL_CTX_set_ct_validation_callback(ctx, ct_permissive, NULL);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CT_VALIDATION_STRICT:
 | 
						|
        return SSL_CTX_set_ct_validation_callback(ctx, ct_strict, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_enable_ct(SSL *s, int validation_mode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    switch (validation_mode) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_INVALID_CT_VALIDATION_TYPE);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CT_VALIDATION_PERMISSIVE:
 | 
						|
        return SSL_set_ct_validation_callback(s, ct_permissive, NULL);
 | 
						|
    case SSL_CT_VALIDATION_STRICT:
 | 
						|
        return SSL_set_ct_validation_callback(s, ct_strict, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_default_ctlog_list_file(SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return CTLOG_STORE_load_default_file(ctx->ctlog_store);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_ctlog_list_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *path)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return CTLOG_STORE_load_file(ctx->ctlog_store, path);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set0_ctlog_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, CTLOG_STORE *logs)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CTLOG_STORE_free(ctx->ctlog_store);
 | 
						|
    ctx->ctlog_store = logs;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const CTLOG_STORE *SSL_CTX_get0_ctlog_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->ctlog_store;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif  /* OPENSSL_NO_CT */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_client_hello_cb(SSL_CTX *c, SSL_client_hello_cb_fn cb,
 | 
						|
                                 void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    c->client_hello_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
    c->client_hello_cb_arg = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_client_hello_isv2(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return sc->clienthello->isv2;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
unsigned int SSL_client_hello_get0_legacy_version(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return sc->clienthello->legacy_version;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_client_hello_get0_random(SSL *s, const unsigned char **out)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    if (out != NULL)
 | 
						|
        *out = sc->clienthello->random;
 | 
						|
    return SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_client_hello_get0_session_id(SSL *s, const unsigned char **out)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    if (out != NULL)
 | 
						|
        *out = sc->clienthello->session_id;
 | 
						|
    return sc->clienthello->session_id_len;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_client_hello_get0_ciphers(SSL *s, const unsigned char **out)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    if (out != NULL)
 | 
						|
        *out = PACKET_data(&sc->clienthello->ciphersuites);
 | 
						|
    return PACKET_remaining(&sc->clienthello->ciphersuites);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_client_hello_get0_compression_methods(SSL *s, const unsigned char **out)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    if (out != NULL)
 | 
						|
        *out = sc->clienthello->compressions;
 | 
						|
    return sc->clienthello->compressions_len;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_client_hello_get1_extensions_present(SSL *s, int **out, size_t *outlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    RAW_EXTENSION *ext;
 | 
						|
    int *present;
 | 
						|
    size_t num = 0, i;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL || out == NULL || outlen == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts_len; i++) {
 | 
						|
        ext = sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts + i;
 | 
						|
        if (ext->present)
 | 
						|
            num++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (num == 0) {
 | 
						|
        *out = NULL;
 | 
						|
        *outlen = 0;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if ((present = OPENSSL_malloc(sizeof(*present) * num)) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts_len; i++) {
 | 
						|
        ext = sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts + i;
 | 
						|
        if (ext->present) {
 | 
						|
            if (ext->received_order >= num)
 | 
						|
                goto err;
 | 
						|
            present[ext->received_order] = ext->type;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    *out = present;
 | 
						|
    *outlen = num;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(present);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_client_hello_get_extension_order(SSL *s, uint16_t *exts, size_t *num_exts)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    RAW_EXTENSION *ext;
 | 
						|
    size_t num = 0, i;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL || num_exts == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts_len; i++) {
 | 
						|
        ext = sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts + i;
 | 
						|
        if (ext->present)
 | 
						|
            num++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (num == 0) {
 | 
						|
        *num_exts = 0;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (exts == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        *num_exts = num;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (*num_exts < num)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts_len; i++) {
 | 
						|
        ext = sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts + i;
 | 
						|
        if (ext->present) {
 | 
						|
            if (ext->received_order >= num)
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            exts[ext->received_order] = ext->type;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    *num_exts = num;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_client_hello_get0_ext(SSL *s, unsigned int type, const unsigned char **out,
 | 
						|
                       size_t *outlen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    size_t i;
 | 
						|
    RAW_EXTENSION *r;
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->clienthello == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts_len; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        r = sc->clienthello->pre_proc_exts + i;
 | 
						|
        if (r->present && r->type == type) {
 | 
						|
            if (out != NULL)
 | 
						|
                *out = PACKET_data(&r->data);
 | 
						|
            if (outlen != NULL)
 | 
						|
                *outlen = PACKET_remaining(&r->data);
 | 
						|
            return 1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_free_buffers(SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    RECORD_LAYER *rl;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    rl = &sc->rlayer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return rl->rrlmethod->free_buffers(rl->rrl)
 | 
						|
           && rl->wrlmethod->free_buffers(rl->wrl);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_alloc_buffers(SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    RECORD_LAYER *rl;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* QUIC always has buffers allocated. */
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(ssl))
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    rl = &sc->rlayer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return rl->rrlmethod->alloc_buffers(rl->rrl)
 | 
						|
           && rl->wrlmethod->alloc_buffers(rl->wrl);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_CTX_keylog_cb_func cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->keylog_callback = cb;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL_CTX_keylog_cb_func SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->keylog_callback;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int nss_keylog_int(const char *prefix,
 | 
						|
                          SSL_CONNECTION *sc,
 | 
						|
                          const uint8_t *parameter_1,
 | 
						|
                          size_t parameter_1_len,
 | 
						|
                          const uint8_t *parameter_2,
 | 
						|
                          size_t parameter_2_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    char *out = NULL;
 | 
						|
    char *cursor = NULL;
 | 
						|
    size_t out_len = 0;
 | 
						|
    size_t i;
 | 
						|
    size_t prefix_len;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CTX *sctx = SSL_CONNECTION_GET_CTX(sc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sctx->keylog_callback == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * Our output buffer will contain the following strings, rendered with
 | 
						|
     * space characters in between, terminated by a NULL character: first the
 | 
						|
     * prefix, then the first parameter, then the second parameter. The
 | 
						|
     * meaning of each parameter depends on the specific key material being
 | 
						|
     * logged. Note that the first and second parameters are encoded in
 | 
						|
     * hexadecimal, so we need a buffer that is twice their lengths.
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    prefix_len = strlen(prefix);
 | 
						|
    out_len = prefix_len + (2 * parameter_1_len) + (2 * parameter_2_len) + 3;
 | 
						|
    if ((out = cursor = OPENSSL_malloc(out_len)) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    strcpy(cursor, prefix);
 | 
						|
    cursor += prefix_len;
 | 
						|
    *cursor++ = ' ';
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < parameter_1_len; i++) {
 | 
						|
        sprintf(cursor, "%02x", parameter_1[i]);
 | 
						|
        cursor += 2;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    *cursor++ = ' ';
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < parameter_2_len; i++) {
 | 
						|
        sprintf(cursor, "%02x", parameter_2[i]);
 | 
						|
        cursor += 2;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    *cursor = '\0';
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sctx->keylog_callback(SSL_CONNECTION_GET_SSL(sc), (const char *)out);
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_clear_free(out, out_len);
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_log_rsa_client_key_exchange(SSL_CONNECTION *sc,
 | 
						|
                                    const uint8_t *encrypted_premaster,
 | 
						|
                                    size_t encrypted_premaster_len,
 | 
						|
                                    const uint8_t *premaster,
 | 
						|
                                    size_t premaster_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (encrypted_premaster_len < 8) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(sc, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We only want the first 8 bytes of the encrypted premaster as a tag. */
 | 
						|
    return nss_keylog_int("RSA",
 | 
						|
                          sc,
 | 
						|
                          encrypted_premaster,
 | 
						|
                          8,
 | 
						|
                          premaster,
 | 
						|
                          premaster_len);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_log_secret(SSL_CONNECTION *sc,
 | 
						|
                   const char *label,
 | 
						|
                   const uint8_t *secret,
 | 
						|
                   size_t secret_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return nss_keylog_int(label,
 | 
						|
                          sc,
 | 
						|
                          sc->s3.client_random,
 | 
						|
                          SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE,
 | 
						|
                          secret,
 | 
						|
                          secret_len);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define SSLV2_CIPHER_LEN    3
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_cache_cipherlist(SSL_CONNECTION *s, PACKET *cipher_suites, int sslv2format)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int n;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    n = sslv2format ? SSLV2_CIPHER_LEN : TLS_CIPHER_LEN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (PACKET_remaining(cipher_suites) == 0) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER, SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (PACKET_remaining(cipher_suites) % n != 0) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR, SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(s->s3.tmp.ciphers_raw);
 | 
						|
    s->s3.tmp.ciphers_raw = NULL;
 | 
						|
    s->s3.tmp.ciphers_rawlen = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sslv2format) {
 | 
						|
        size_t numciphers = PACKET_remaining(cipher_suites) / n;
 | 
						|
        PACKET sslv2ciphers = *cipher_suites;
 | 
						|
        unsigned int leadbyte;
 | 
						|
        unsigned char *raw;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * We store the raw ciphers list in SSLv3+ format so we need to do some
 | 
						|
         * preprocessing to convert the list first. If there are any SSLv2 only
 | 
						|
         * ciphersuites with a non-zero leading byte then we are going to
 | 
						|
         * slightly over allocate because we won't store those. But that isn't a
 | 
						|
         * problem.
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        raw = OPENSSL_malloc(numciphers * TLS_CIPHER_LEN);
 | 
						|
        s->s3.tmp.ciphers_raw = raw;
 | 
						|
        if (raw == NULL) {
 | 
						|
            SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        for (s->s3.tmp.ciphers_rawlen = 0;
 | 
						|
             PACKET_remaining(&sslv2ciphers) > 0;
 | 
						|
             raw += TLS_CIPHER_LEN) {
 | 
						|
            if (!PACKET_get_1(&sslv2ciphers, &leadbyte)
 | 
						|
                    || (leadbyte == 0
 | 
						|
                        && !PACKET_copy_bytes(&sslv2ciphers, raw,
 | 
						|
                                              TLS_CIPHER_LEN))
 | 
						|
                    || (leadbyte != 0
 | 
						|
                        && !PACKET_forward(&sslv2ciphers, TLS_CIPHER_LEN))) {
 | 
						|
                SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR, SSL_R_BAD_PACKET);
 | 
						|
                OPENSSL_free(s->s3.tmp.ciphers_raw);
 | 
						|
                s->s3.tmp.ciphers_raw = NULL;
 | 
						|
                s->s3.tmp.ciphers_rawlen = 0;
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            if (leadbyte == 0)
 | 
						|
                s->s3.tmp.ciphers_rawlen += TLS_CIPHER_LEN;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else if (!PACKET_memdup(cipher_suites, &s->s3.tmp.ciphers_raw,
 | 
						|
                           &s->s3.tmp.ciphers_rawlen)) {
 | 
						|
        SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_bytes_to_cipher_list(SSL *s, const unsigned char *bytes, size_t len,
 | 
						|
                             int isv2format, STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) **sk,
 | 
						|
                             STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) **scsvs)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    PACKET pkt;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!PACKET_buf_init(&pkt, bytes, len))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return ossl_bytes_to_cipher_list(sc, &pkt, sk, scsvs, isv2format, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ossl_bytes_to_cipher_list(SSL_CONNECTION *s, PACKET *cipher_suites,
 | 
						|
                              STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) **skp,
 | 
						|
                              STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) **scsvs_out,
 | 
						|
                              int sslv2format, int fatal)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CIPHER *c;
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *sk = NULL;
 | 
						|
    STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *scsvs = NULL;
 | 
						|
    int n;
 | 
						|
    /* 3 = SSLV2_CIPHER_LEN > TLS_CIPHER_LEN = 2. */
 | 
						|
    unsigned char cipher[SSLV2_CIPHER_LEN];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    n = sslv2format ? SSLV2_CIPHER_LEN : TLS_CIPHER_LEN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (PACKET_remaining(cipher_suites) == 0) {
 | 
						|
        if (fatal)
 | 
						|
            SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER, SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (PACKET_remaining(cipher_suites) % n != 0) {
 | 
						|
        if (fatal)
 | 
						|
            SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR,
 | 
						|
                     SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sk = sk_SSL_CIPHER_new_null();
 | 
						|
    scsvs = sk_SSL_CIPHER_new_null();
 | 
						|
    if (sk == NULL || scsvs == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        if (fatal)
 | 
						|
            SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while (PACKET_copy_bytes(cipher_suites, cipher, n)) {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * SSLv3 ciphers wrapped in an SSLv2-compatible ClientHello have the
 | 
						|
         * first byte set to zero, while true SSLv2 ciphers have a non-zero
 | 
						|
         * first byte. We don't support any true SSLv2 ciphers, so skip them.
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        if (sslv2format && cipher[0] != '\0')
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* For SSLv2-compat, ignore leading 0-byte. */
 | 
						|
        c = ssl_get_cipher_by_char(s, sslv2format ? &cipher[1] : cipher, 1);
 | 
						|
        if (c != NULL) {
 | 
						|
            if ((c->valid && !sk_SSL_CIPHER_push(sk, c)) ||
 | 
						|
                (!c->valid && !sk_SSL_CIPHER_push(scsvs, c))) {
 | 
						|
                if (fatal)
 | 
						|
                    SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_CRYPTO_LIB);
 | 
						|
                goto err;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (PACKET_remaining(cipher_suites) > 0) {
 | 
						|
        if (fatal)
 | 
						|
            SSLfatal(s, SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR, SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH);
 | 
						|
        goto err;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (skp != NULL)
 | 
						|
        *skp = sk;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(sk);
 | 
						|
    if (scsvs_out != NULL)
 | 
						|
        *scsvs_out = scsvs;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(scsvs);
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
 err:
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(sk);
 | 
						|
    sk_SSL_CIPHER_free(scsvs);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_max_early_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t max_early_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->max_early_data = max_early_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_max_early_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->max_early_data;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_max_early_data(SSL *s, uint32_t max_early_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->max_early_data = max_early_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t SSL_get_max_early_data(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->max_early_data;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_recv_max_early_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t recv_max_early_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->recv_max_early_data = recv_max_early_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_recv_max_early_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return ctx->recv_max_early_data;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_recv_max_early_data(SSL *s, uint32_t recv_max_early_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->recv_max_early_data = recv_max_early_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t SSL_get_recv_max_early_data(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->recv_max_early_data;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
__owur unsigned int ssl_get_max_send_fragment(const SSL_CONNECTION *sc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /* Return any active Max Fragment Len extension */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->session != NULL && USE_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH_EXT(sc->session))
 | 
						|
        return GET_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH(sc->session);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* return current SSL connection setting */
 | 
						|
    return sc->max_send_fragment;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
__owur unsigned int ssl_get_split_send_fragment(const SSL_CONNECTION *sc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /* Return a value regarding an active Max Fragment Len extension */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->session != NULL && USE_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH_EXT(sc->session)
 | 
						|
        && sc->split_send_fragment > GET_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH(sc->session))
 | 
						|
        return GET_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH(sc->session);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* else limit |split_send_fragment| to current |max_send_fragment| */
 | 
						|
    if (sc->split_send_fragment > sc->max_send_fragment)
 | 
						|
        return sc->max_send_fragment;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* return current SSL connection setting */
 | 
						|
    return sc->split_send_fragment;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_stateless(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int ret;
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Ensure there is no state left over from a previous invocation */
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_clear(s))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ERR_clear_error();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->s3.flags |= TLS1_FLAGS_STATELESS;
 | 
						|
    ret = SSL_accept(s);
 | 
						|
    sc->s3.flags &= ~TLS1_FLAGS_STATELESS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ret > 0 && sc->ext.cookieok)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc->hello_retry_request == SSL_HRR_PENDING && !ossl_statem_in_error(sc))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_post_handshake_auth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int val)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->pha_enabled = val;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_post_handshake_auth(SSL *ssl, int val)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->pha_enabled = val;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_verify_client_post_handshake(SSL *ssl)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(ssl)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_CONNECTION_IS_TLS13(sc)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!sc->server) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_NOT_SERVER);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SSL_is_init_finished(ssl)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_STILL_IN_INIT);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (sc->post_handshake_auth) {
 | 
						|
    case SSL_PHA_NONE:
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_EXTENSION_NOT_RECEIVED);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    case SSL_PHA_EXT_SENT:
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, ERR_R_INTERNAL_ERROR);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_PHA_EXT_RECEIVED:
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_PHA_REQUEST_PENDING:
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_REQUEST_PENDING);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    case SSL_PHA_REQUESTED:
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_REQUEST_SENT);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->post_handshake_auth = SSL_PHA_REQUEST_PENDING;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* checks verify_mode and algorithm_auth */
 | 
						|
    if (!send_certificate_request(sc)) {
 | 
						|
        sc->post_handshake_auth = SSL_PHA_EXT_RECEIVED; /* restore on error */
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_INVALID_CONFIG);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ossl_statem_set_in_init(sc, 1);
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set_session_ticket_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                  SSL_CTX_generate_session_ticket_fn gen_cb,
 | 
						|
                                  SSL_CTX_decrypt_session_ticket_fn dec_cb,
 | 
						|
                                  void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->generate_ticket_cb = gen_cb;
 | 
						|
    ctx->decrypt_ticket_cb = dec_cb;
 | 
						|
    ctx->ticket_cb_data = arg;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_CTX_set_allow_early_data_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
 | 
						|
                                     SSL_allow_early_data_cb_fn cb,
 | 
						|
                                     void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    ctx->allow_early_data_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
    ctx->allow_early_data_cb_data = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SSL_set_allow_early_data_cb(SSL *s,
 | 
						|
                                 SSL_allow_early_data_cb_fn cb,
 | 
						|
                                 void *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc->allow_early_data_cb = cb;
 | 
						|
    sc->allow_early_data_cb_data = arg;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const EVP_CIPHER *ssl_evp_cipher_fetch(OSSL_LIB_CTX *libctx,
 | 
						|
                                       int nid,
 | 
						|
                                       const char *properties)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const EVP_CIPHER *ciph;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ciph = tls_get_cipher_from_engine(nid);
 | 
						|
    if (ciph != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return ciph;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * If there is no engine cipher then we do an explicit fetch. This may fail
 | 
						|
     * and that could be ok
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    ERR_set_mark();
 | 
						|
    ciph = EVP_CIPHER_fetch(libctx, OBJ_nid2sn(nid), properties);
 | 
						|
    ERR_pop_to_mark();
 | 
						|
    return ciph;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_evp_cipher_up_ref(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /* Don't up-ref an implicit EVP_CIPHER */
 | 
						|
    if (EVP_CIPHER_get0_provider(cipher) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * The cipher was explicitly fetched and therefore it is safe to cast
 | 
						|
     * away the const
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    return EVP_CIPHER_up_ref((EVP_CIPHER *)cipher);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ssl_evp_cipher_free(const EVP_CIPHER *cipher)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (cipher == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (EVP_CIPHER_get0_provider(cipher) != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * The cipher was explicitly fetched and therefore it is safe to cast
 | 
						|
         * away the const
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        EVP_CIPHER_free((EVP_CIPHER *)cipher);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const EVP_MD *ssl_evp_md_fetch(OSSL_LIB_CTX *libctx,
 | 
						|
                               int nid,
 | 
						|
                               const char *properties)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const EVP_MD *md;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    md = tls_get_digest_from_engine(nid);
 | 
						|
    if (md != NULL)
 | 
						|
        return md;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Otherwise we do an explicit fetch */
 | 
						|
    ERR_set_mark();
 | 
						|
    md = EVP_MD_fetch(libctx, OBJ_nid2sn(nid), properties);
 | 
						|
    ERR_pop_to_mark();
 | 
						|
    return md;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int ssl_evp_md_up_ref(const EVP_MD *md)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /* Don't up-ref an implicit EVP_MD */
 | 
						|
    if (EVP_MD_get0_provider(md) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /*
 | 
						|
     * The digest was explicitly fetched and therefore it is safe to cast
 | 
						|
     * away the const
 | 
						|
     */
 | 
						|
    return EVP_MD_up_ref((EVP_MD *)md);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void ssl_evp_md_free(const EVP_MD *md)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (md == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (EVP_MD_get0_provider(md) != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * The digest was explicitly fetched and therefore it is safe to cast
 | 
						|
         * away the const
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        EVP_MD_free((EVP_MD *)md);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set0_tmp_dh_pkey(SSL *s, EVP_PKEY *dhpkey)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_security(sc, SSL_SECOP_TMP_DH,
 | 
						|
                      EVP_PKEY_get_security_bits(dhpkey), 0, dhpkey)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DH_KEY_TOO_SMALL);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    EVP_PKEY_free(sc->cert->dh_tmp);
 | 
						|
    sc->cert->dh_tmp = dhpkey;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set0_tmp_dh_pkey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *dhpkey)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (!ssl_ctx_security(ctx, SSL_SECOP_TMP_DH,
 | 
						|
                          EVP_PKEY_get_security_bits(dhpkey), 0, dhpkey)) {
 | 
						|
        ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_DH_KEY_TOO_SMALL);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    EVP_PKEY_free(ctx->cert->dh_tmp);
 | 
						|
    ctx->cert->dh_tmp = dhpkey;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* QUIC-specific methods which are supported on QUIC connections only. */
 | 
						|
int SSL_handle_events(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_handle_events(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
    if (sc != NULL && SSL_CONNECTION_IS_DTLS(sc))
 | 
						|
        /*
 | 
						|
         * DTLSv1_handle_timeout returns 0 if the timer wasn't expired yet,
 | 
						|
         * which we consider a success case. Theoretically DTLSv1_handle_timeout
 | 
						|
         * can also return 0 if s is NULL or not a DTLS object, but we've
 | 
						|
         * already ruled out those possibilities above, so this is not possible
 | 
						|
         * here. Thus the only failure cases are where DTLSv1_handle_timeout
 | 
						|
         * returns -1.
 | 
						|
         */
 | 
						|
        return DTLSv1_handle_timeout(s) >= 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_event_timeout(SSL *s, struct timeval *tv, int *is_infinite)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_get_event_timeout(s, tv, is_infinite);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL_ONLY(s);
 | 
						|
    if (sc != NULL && SSL_CONNECTION_IS_DTLS(sc)
 | 
						|
        && DTLSv1_get_timeout(s, tv)) {
 | 
						|
        *is_infinite = 0;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    tv->tv_sec  = 1000000;
 | 
						|
    tv->tv_usec = 0;
 | 
						|
    *is_infinite = 1;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_rpoll_descriptor(SSL *s, BIO_POLL_DESCRIPTOR *desc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_get_rpoll_descriptor(s, desc);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || sc->rbio == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return BIO_get_rpoll_descriptor(sc->rbio, desc);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_wpoll_descriptor(SSL *s, BIO_POLL_DESCRIPTOR *desc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_get_wpoll_descriptor(s, desc);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || sc->wbio == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return BIO_get_wpoll_descriptor(sc->wbio, desc);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_net_read_desired(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_want_read(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_net_read_desired(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return SSL_want_read(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_net_write_desired(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_want_write(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_net_write_desired(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return SSL_want_write(s);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_blocking_mode(SSL *s, int blocking)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_conn_set_blocking_mode(s, blocking);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_blocking_mode(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_conn_get_blocking_mode(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set1_initial_peer_addr(SSL *s, const BIO_ADDR *peer_addr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_conn_set_initial_peer_addr(s, peer_addr);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_shutdown_ex(SSL *ssl, uint64_t flags,
 | 
						|
                    const SSL_SHUTDOWN_EX_ARGS *args,
 | 
						|
                    size_t args_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(ssl))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_shutdown(ssl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_conn_shutdown(ssl, flags, args, args_len);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return SSL_shutdown(ssl);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_stream_conclude(SSL *ssl, uint64_t flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(ssl))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_conn_stream_conclude(ssl);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL *SSL_new_stream(SSL *s, uint64_t flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_conn_stream_new(s, flags);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL *SSL_get0_connection(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return s;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get0_connection(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return s;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_is_connection(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return SSL_get0_connection(s) == s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_stream_type(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_STREAM_TYPE_BIDI;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_stream_type(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return SSL_STREAM_TYPE_BIDI;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint64_t SSL_get_stream_id(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return UINT64_MAX;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_stream_id(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return UINT64_MAX;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_is_stream_local(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_is_stream_local(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_default_stream_mode(SSL *s, uint32_t mode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_set_default_stream_mode(s, mode);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_incoming_stream_policy(SSL *s, int policy, uint64_t aec)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_set_incoming_stream_policy(s, policy, aec);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
SSL *SSL_accept_stream(SSL *s, uint64_t flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_accept_stream(s, flags);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size_t SSL_get_accept_stream_queue_len(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_accept_stream_queue_len(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_stream_reset(SSL *s,
 | 
						|
                     const SSL_STREAM_RESET_ARGS *args,
 | 
						|
                     size_t args_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_stream_reset(s, args, args_len);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_stream_read_state(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_STREAM_STATE_NONE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_stream_read_state(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return SSL_STREAM_STATE_NONE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_stream_write_state(SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return SSL_STREAM_STATE_NONE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_stream_write_state(s);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return SSL_STREAM_STATE_NONE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_stream_read_error_code(SSL *s, uint64_t *app_error_code)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_stream_read_error_code(s, app_error_code);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_stream_write_error_code(SSL *s, uint64_t *app_error_code)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_stream_write_error_code(s, app_error_code);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_conn_close_info(SSL *s, SSL_CONN_CLOSE_INFO *info,
 | 
						|
                            size_t info_len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (!IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ossl_quic_get_conn_close_info(s, info, info_len);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_value_uint(SSL *s, uint32_t class_, uint32_t id,
 | 
						|
                       uint64_t *value)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_get_value_uint(s, class_, id, value);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set_value_uint(SSL *s, uint32_t class_, uint32_t id,
 | 
						|
                       uint64_t value)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef OPENSSL_NO_QUIC
 | 
						|
    if (IS_QUIC(s))
 | 
						|
        return ossl_quic_set_value_uint(s, class_, id, value);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ERR_raise(ERR_LIB_SSL, SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_add_expected_rpk(SSL *s, EVP_PKEY *rpk)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned char *data = NULL;
 | 
						|
    SSL_DANE *dane = SSL_get0_dane(s);
 | 
						|
    int ret;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (dane == NULL || dane->dctx == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    if ((ret = i2d_PUBKEY(rpk, &data)) <= 0)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ret = SSL_dane_tlsa_add(s, DANETLS_USAGE_DANE_EE,
 | 
						|
                            DANETLS_SELECTOR_SPKI,
 | 
						|
                            DANETLS_MATCHING_FULL,
 | 
						|
                            data, (size_t)ret) > 0;
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(data);
 | 
						|
    return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EVP_PKEY *SSL_get0_peer_rpk(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL || sc->session == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    return sc->session->peer_rpk;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_negotiated_client_cert_type(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->ext.client_cert_type;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get_negotiated_server_cert_type(const SSL *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sc == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return sc->ext.server_cert_type;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int validate_cert_type(const unsigned char *val, size_t len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    size_t i;
 | 
						|
    int saw_rpk = 0;
 | 
						|
    int saw_x509 = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (val == NULL && len == 0)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (val == NULL || len == 0)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
 | 
						|
        switch (val[i]) {
 | 
						|
        case TLSEXT_cert_type_rpk:
 | 
						|
            if (saw_rpk)
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            saw_rpk = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TLSEXT_cert_type_x509:
 | 
						|
            if (saw_x509)
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            saw_x509 = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TLSEXT_cert_type_pgp:
 | 
						|
        case TLSEXT_cert_type_1609dot2:
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int set_cert_type(unsigned char **cert_type,
 | 
						|
                         size_t *cert_type_len,
 | 
						|
                         const unsigned char *val,
 | 
						|
                         size_t len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    unsigned char *tmp = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!validate_cert_type(val, len))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (val != NULL && (tmp = OPENSSL_memdup(val, len)) == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    OPENSSL_free(*cert_type);
 | 
						|
    *cert_type = tmp;
 | 
						|
    *cert_type_len = len;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set1_client_cert_type(SSL *s, const unsigned char *val, size_t len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return set_cert_type(&sc->client_cert_type, &sc->client_cert_type_len,
 | 
						|
                         val, len);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_set1_server_cert_type(SSL *s, const unsigned char *val, size_t len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return set_cert_type(&sc->server_cert_type, &sc->server_cert_type_len,
 | 
						|
                         val, len);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set1_client_cert_type(SSL_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *val, size_t len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return set_cert_type(&ctx->client_cert_type, &ctx->client_cert_type_len,
 | 
						|
                         val, len);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_set1_server_cert_type(SSL_CTX *ctx, const unsigned char *val, size_t len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return set_cert_type(&ctx->server_cert_type, &ctx->server_cert_type_len,
 | 
						|
                         val, len);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get0_client_cert_type(const SSL *s, unsigned char **t, size_t *len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (t == NULL || len == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *t = sc->client_cert_type;
 | 
						|
    *len = sc->client_cert_type_len;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_get0_server_cert_type(const SSL *s, unsigned char **t, size_t *len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const SSL_CONNECTION *sc = SSL_CONNECTION_FROM_CONST_SSL(s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (t == NULL || len == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *t = sc->server_cert_type;
 | 
						|
    *len = sc->server_cert_type_len;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_get0_client_cert_type(const SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned char **t, size_t *len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (t == NULL || len == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *t = ctx->client_cert_type;
 | 
						|
    *len = ctx->client_cert_type_len;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int SSL_CTX_get0_server_cert_type(const SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned char **t, size_t *len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (t == NULL || len == NULL)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *t = ctx->server_cert_type;
 | 
						|
    *len = ctx->server_cert_type_len;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 |